BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

Click on each Series to expand the list and navigate to the policy you wish to view. Or use the "Search" function in the upper right-hand corner of the site to search for a keyword or phrase across all policies, board agendas and board minutes.

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

100 - EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:44

100 - Legal Status of the School District

100 - Legal Status of the School District

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and
organized under Iowa law.  This school district is known as the North Mahaska Community School District.

This school corporation is located in Mahaska County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the North Mahaska Community School District Board of
Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 278.1(9); 279.8; 594A (2007).

Cross Reference:  200       Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved     8-20-2007                          
Reviewed     7/17/23                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:02

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the North Mahaska Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for
a quality public education to its students.  The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with
student’s parents and school district community.  The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical
self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to and encourages critical thinking in the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to
look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this
goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for
educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is
instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to
prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district
strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the
individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2007).

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
     
                                   103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
                                        209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
     
                                   600       Goals and Objectives of the Education Program
     
                                   602       Curriculum Development

Approved     8-20-2007                          
Reviewed   7/17/23                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:03

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

The board will not discriminate in its educational activities on the basis of race, creed, color, religion, gender, national origin, age, sexual orientation, marital status, gender identity, or disability. 

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

The board is committed to the policy that no otherwise qualified person will be excluded from educational activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, marital status, sexual
orientation, gender identity, socioeconomic status, disability, religion, or creed.  Further, the board affirms the right of all students and staff to be treated with respect and to be protected from intimidation, discrimination, physical harm and harassment.

 

Note:  The grievance procedure in 102.R1 is mandatory.  The classifications listed are all mandatory. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. (2004).
     
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq. (2004).
     
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq. (2004).
     
                                    29 U.S.C. § 794 (2004).
     
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
     
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 (2004).
     
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 (2004).
                                         
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11, .11A; 280.3 (2007).
     
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
     
                                    401.1    Equal Employment Opportunity
     
                                    500       Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
     
                                    506.1    Student Records

Approved     8-20-2007                         
Reviewed     7/17/2023                                                                 
Revised                   

New Version: 

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same educational opportunity.

The Community School District does not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  The belief in equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact [Name of Equity Coordinator(s), contact address, contact telephone number, contact email address].

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator,                                                   Community School District,                                                  , Iowa                               ; or by telephoning                                                  .

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, John C. Kluczynski Federal Building, 230 S. Dearborn St., 37th Floor, Chicago, IL, 60604 (312) 730-1560, fax (312) 730-1576 OCR.Chicago@ed.gov, the Iowa Civil Rights Commissioner, https://icrc.iowa.gov, (515) 281-4121 or the Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

This is a mandatory policy. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:46

102.E1 - Notice of Non Discrimination

102.E1 - Notice of Non Discrimination

Students, parents, employees and others doing business with or performing services for the North Mahaska Community School District are hereby notified that this school
district does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, age (except students), religion, national origin, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity or
disability in admission or access to, or treatment in, its programs and activities. 

The school district does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, age (except students), religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability in
admission or access to, or treatment in, its hiring and employment practices. 

Any person having inquiries concerning the school district's compliance with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA), § 504 or Iowa Code § 280.3 is directed to contact the Superintendent of Schools located at 2163 135th Street in New Sharon, Iowa, 641-637-2295, who has been
designated by the school district to coordinate the school district's efforts to comply with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, the ADA, § 504 and Iowa 
Code § 280.3 (2007).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:49

102.E2 - Grievance Form

102.E2 - Grievance Form

GRIEVANCE FORM FOR COMPLAINTS OF DISCRIMINATION
OR NON-COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL OR STATE REGULATIONS
REQUIRING NON-DISCRIMINATION

 

I,                                                                    , am filing this grievance because:

                                      (Attach additional sheets if necessary)

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Describe incident or occurrence as accurately as possible:  (Attach additional sheets if necessary)

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Signature_________________________________________________

 

Address__________________________________________________

 

Phone Number ____________________________________________

 

If student,

Name ____________________________________________      Grade Level ______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:51

102.E3 - Grievance Documentation

102.E3 - Grievance Documentation

Name of Individual Alleging Discrimination or Non-Compliance

 

Name _____________________________________________________________

 

Grievance Date _______________________

 

State the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Indicate Principal's or Supervisor's response or action to above complaint.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Signature of Principal or Supervisor _______________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:53

102.E4 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102.E4 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The North Mahaska Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability.  It has been determined
that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. 
As a parent, you have the right to the following:

              participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of
discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;

              receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:

              receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language;

              notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of
your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;

              inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to
amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records,
you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate;

              hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision
of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

Any person having inquiries concerning the school district's compliance with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA), § 504 or Iowa Code § 280.3 is directed to contact the Superintendent of Schools located at 2163 135th Street in New Sharon, Iowa, 641-637-2295, who has been
designated by the school district to coordinate the school district's efforts to comply with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, the ADA, § 504 and Iowa 
Code § 280.3 (2007).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:54

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district will have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination under
federal or state regulations requiring non-discrimination in programs and employment.

 

Level One - Principal, Immediate Supervisor or
Personnel Contact Person
(Informal and Optional - may be bypassed by the grievant)

Employees with a complaint of discrimination based upon their gender, race, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability are encouraged
to first discuss it with their immediate supervisor, with the objective of resolving the matter informally.  An applicant for employment with a complaint of discrimination
based upon their gender, race, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability are encouraged to first discuss it with the personnel contact
person.  This paragraph is for employees and “marital status” isn’t a protected class for employees.

A student, or a parent of a student, with a complaint of discrimination based upon their gender, race, national origin, religion, marital status, sexual orientation, gender
identity or disability are encouraged to discuss it with the instructor, counselor, supervisor, building administrator, program administrator or personnel contact person
directly involved.

 

Level Two - Compliance Officer

If the grievance is not resolved at Level One and the grievant wishes to pursue the grievance, the grievant may formalize it by filing a complaint in writing on a Grievance
Filing Form, which may be obtained from the Compliance Officer.  The complaint will state the nature of the grievance and the remedy requested.  The filing of the formal,
written complaint at Level Two must be within 15 working days from the date of the event giving rise to the grievance, or from the date the grievant could reasonably
become aware of such occurrence.  The grievant may request that a meeting concerning the complaint be held with the Compliance Officer.  A minor student may be
accompanied at that meeting by a parent or guardian.  The Compliance Officer will investigate the complaint and attempt to resolve it.  A written report from the
Compliance Officer regarding action taken will be sent to the involved parties within a reasonable time after receipt of the complaint.

 

Level Three - Superintendent/Administrator

If the complaint is not resolved at Level Two, the grievant may appeal it to Level Three by presenting a written appeal to the superintendent within five working days after
the grievant receives the report from the Compliance Officer, the grievant may request a meeting with the Superintendent.  The superintendent may request a meeting with
the grievant to discuss the appeal.  A decision will be rendered by the superintendent within a reasonable time after the receipt of the written appeal.  If, in cases of
disability grievances at the elementary and secondary level, the issue is not resolved through the grievance process, the parents have a right to an impartial hearing to
resolve the issue.

This procedure in no way denies the right of the grievant to file formal complaints with the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, the U.S. Department of Education Office for
Civil Rights or Office of Special Education Programs, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the Iowa Department of Education for mediation or rectification
of civil rights grievances, or to seek private counsel for complaints alleging discrimination.

 

Level Four - Appeal to Board

If the grievant is not satisfied with the superintendent's decision, the grievant can file an appeal with the board within five working days of the decision.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether it will hear the appeal.

 

The Compliance Officer is:

 

Name:              Secondary Guidance Counselor

Address:           2163 135th Street
                              
New Sharon, IA 50207

Phone Number: 641-637-4187

Office Hours:    8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:57

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

Long-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectation of students and determine
how well students are meeting student learning goals.  The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor,
industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earners.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

The North Mahaska Community School District will provide opportunities for local feedback on an ongoing basis in a variety of ways.  The school district will report
progress to the community through the Warhawk Newsletter published six times each school year and mailed to every box holder in the school district.  An annual report
will be distributed in the same manner.  Community representatives will meet on the School Advisory Committee at least twice a year and make recommendations to the
board and the superintendent on district goals.  Input will also be sought through parent-teacher conferences, grade level meetings, needs assessments, surveys, and
person-to-person contact.  The District will utilize the Annual Report to disseminate information on state indicators, locally determined indicators, and locally established
student learning goals.  Information will be posted on the school’s Internet web site.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held for grades K-12 in the fall and in the spring of each school year.  During these conferences, K-3 parents will be informed of their
child’s performance with regard to their progress in reading as well as other areas of their academic, social, and extra curricular programs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students' progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.  This will be done through the Annual Yearly Progress report
(AYP) and the Annual Progress Report (APR).

As a result of the board and committee's work, the board will determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to
meet the educational needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance;
evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement
projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12, .18 (2007).
  
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(b).

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                      200       Legal Status of the Board of Directors
  
                                      208       Committees of the Board of Directors
  
                                      603.1    Basic Instruction Program
  
                                      801.1    Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning
  
                                      801.2    Buildings and Sites Surveys

Approved      8-20-2007             
Reviewed          7/17/2023            
Revised    4-22-2013     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:40

103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process

103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process

School districts also need to develop a process for long-range needs assessment.  The process needs to include three items.

 

provisions for collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources;

provisions for reviewing information acquired on the following:

state indicators and other locally determined indicators,

locally established student learning goals,

specific data collection required by state and federal programs;

provisions for collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following:

state indicators,

locally determined indicators,

locally established student learning goals.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:44

104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

Harassment and bullying of students and employees are against federal, state and local policy, and are not tolerated by the board.  The board is committed to providing all
students with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  To that end, the board has in place
policies, procedures, and practices that are designed to reduce and eliminate bullying and harassment as well as processes and procedures to deal with incidents of
bullying and harassment. Bullying and harassment of students by other students, by school employees, and by volunteers who have direct contact with students will not
be tolerated in the school or school district. 

The board prohibits harassment, bullying, hazing, or any other victimization, of students, based on any of the following actual or perceived traits or characteristics,
including but not limited to, age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or
mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.  Harassment against employees based upon the
employee’s race, color, creed, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, age or disability is also prohibited.

This policy is in effect while students or employees are on property within the jurisdiction of the board; while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles; while
attending or engaged in school-sponsored activities;  and while away from school grounds if the misconduct directly affects the good order, efficient management and
welfare of the school or school district.

If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of this policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures which may include suspension or
expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures which may
include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures which may
include exclusion from school grounds.  “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

When looking at the totality of circumstances, harassment and bullying mean any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student which is based on
any actual or perceived trait or characteristic of the student and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:

  • Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property;
  • Has a substantially detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health;
  • Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance; or
  • Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.

 “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optical cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic”
includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, electronic text messaging or similar
technologies.

Harassment and bullying may include, but are not limited to, the following behaviors and circumstances:

  • Repeated remarks of a demeaning nature;
  • Implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, property, etc.;
  • Demeaning jokes, stories, or activities directed at the student; and/or
  • Unreasonable interference with a student's performance.

Sexual harassment of a student by an employee means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:

  • Submission to the conduct is made either implicitly or explicitly a term or condition of the student’s education or benefits;
  • Submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as the basis for academic decisions affecting that student; or
  • The conduct has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance by creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive education environment.

In situations between students and school officials, faculty, staff, or volunteers who have direct contact with students, bullying and harassment may also include the following behaviors:

  • Requiring that a student submit to bullying or harassment by another student, either explicitly or implicitly, as a term or condition of the targeted student’s education
    or participation in school programs or activities; and/or
  • Requiring submission to or rejection of such conduct as a basis for decisions affecting the student.

Any person who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment under this policy to a school official, shall be immune from civil or
criminal liability relating to such report and to the person’s participation in any administrative, judicial, or other proceeding relating to the report.  Individuals who
knowingly file a false complaint may be subject to appropriate disciplinary action.

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a bullying or harassment complaint or assisted or participated in a harassment investigation or proceeding, is
also prohibited. Individuals who knowingly file false harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation shall be subject to discipline by
appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this
policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject
to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to,
and including, exclusion from school grounds.

The school or school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment. The Level I investigator or designee will be responsible for
handling all complaints by students alleging bullying or harassment.  The Level I Investigator or designee will be responsible for handling all complaints by employees
alleging bullying or harassment.

It also is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the investigator and principals, to develop procedures regarding this policy.  The superintendent also
is responsible for organizing training programs for students, school officials, faculty, staff, and volunteers who have direct contact with students. The training will include
how to recognize harassment and what to do in case a student is harassed. It will also include proven effective harassment prevention strategies. The superintendent will
also develop a process for evaluating the effectiveness of the policy in reducing bullying and harassment in the school.

The board will annually publish this policy.  The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook,
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,

and a copy shall be made to any person at the central administrative office at 2163 135th Street, New Sharon, Iowa 50207.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i (2004).
                                         29 U.S.C. § 794 (1994).
                                         42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7 (2004).
                                         42 U.S.C. §§ 12001 et. seq. (2004).
                                         Senate File 61, 1st Regular Session, 82nd General Assembly, (2007).
                                         Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3 (2007).        
                                         281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross References:  403.6    Harassment
                                         502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                         503       Student Discipline
                                         506       Student Records

Approved     7-30-07                             
Reviewed     7/17/2023                         
Revised  11-19-07      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:07

104.E1 - Complaint Form

104.E1 - Complaint Form

Name of complainant:  _________________________________________________________________

Position of complainant:  ________________________________________________________________

Name of student or employee target: _______________________________________________________

Date of complaint:  ____________________________________________________________________

Name of alleged harasser or bully:  ________________________________________________________

Date and place of incident or incidents:  ___________________________________________________

Nature of Discrimination or Harassment Alleged (Check all that apply.)

 

            ___ Age                                    ___ Physical Attribute               ___ Sex

            ___ Disability                        ___ Political Belief                     ___ Sexual Orientation

            ___ Familial Status              ___ Race/Color                            ___ Socio-economic Background

            ___ Marital Status                ___ Religion/Creed                     ___ Other – Please Specify

            ___ National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Description of misconduct:  ______________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

 

Name of witnesses (if any) :  ____________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

 

Evidence of harassment or bullying, i.e., letters, photos, etc. (attach evidence if possible):

                                      _________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

 

Any other information: _________________________________________________________________

                                    _________________________________________________________________

 

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

 

Signature:  ________________________________

 

Date:           /         /       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:20

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

Name of witness:  ______________________________________________________________________

Position of witness:  ____________________________________________________________________

Date of testimony, interview:  _____________________________________________________________

Description of incident witnessed:  _________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

Any other information:  _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

 

Signature:  ___________________________________

 

Date:            /        /          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:26

104.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form

104.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form

Name of complainant:  _________________________________________________________________

 

Position of complainant:  ________________________________________________________________

 

Name of student or employee target: _______________________________________________________

 

Grade and Building of student or employee: _________________________________________________

 

Date of initial complaint:  _______________________________________________________________

 

Name and position or grade of alleged perpetrator/respondent:  __________________________________

 

Nature of Discrimination or Harassment Alleged (Check all that apply.)

 

            ___ Age                                    ___ Physical Attribute               ___ Sex

            ___ Disability                        ___ Political Belief                     ___ Sexual Orientation

            ___ Familial Status             ___ Race/Color                             ___ Socio-economic Background

            ___ Marital Status                ___ Religion/Creed                    ___ Other – Please Specify

            ___ National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

 

Summary of Investigation:  ______________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

                                      _________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  ________________________________

 

Date:           /         /       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:30

104.R1 - Investigation Procedures

104.R1 - Investigation Procedures

Individuals who feel that they have been harassed should:

              Communicate to the harasser that the individual expects the behavior to stop, if the individual is comfortable doing so.  If the individual wants assistance
communicating with the harasser, the individual should ask a teacher, counselor or principal to help.

              If the harassment does not stop, or the individual does not feel comfortable confronting the harasser, the individual should:

              --    tell a teacher, counselor or principal; and

              --    write down exactly what happened, keep a copy and give another copy to the teacher, counselor or principal including;

o     what, when and where it happened;

o     who was involved;

o     exactly what was said or what the harasser did;

o     witnesses to the harassment;

o     what the student said or did, either at the time or later;

o     how the student felt; and

o     how the harasser responded.

 

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE       

An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied will notify the high school / elementary counselor, the designated Level I investigator.  The
alternate investigator is the elementary / high school counselor.  The investigator may request that the individual complete the Harassment/Bullying Complaint form and
turn over evidence of the harassment, including, but not limited to, letters, tapes, or pictures.  The complainant shall be given a copy of the completed complaint form.  
Information received during the investigation is kept confidential to the extent possible.

The investigator, with the approval of the principal, or the principal has the authority to initiate an investigation in the absence of a written complaint.

 

INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE

The investigator will reasonably and promptly commence the investigation upon receipt of the complaint.  The investigator will interview the complainant and the alleged
harasser.  The alleged harasser may file a written statement in response to the complaint.  The investigator may also interview witnesses as deemed appropriate.

Upon completion of the investigation, the investigator will make written findings and conclusions as to each allegation of harassment and report the findings and
conclusions to the principal.  The investigator will provide a copy of the findings of the investigation to the principal. 

 

RESOLUTION OF THE COMPLAINT

Following receipt of the investigator's report, the principal may investigate further, if deemed necessary, and make a determination of any appropriate additional steps
which may include discipline.

Prior to the determination of the appropriate remedial action, the principal may, at the principal's discretion, interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The
principal will file a written report closing the case and documenting any disciplinary action taken or any other action taken in response to the complaint.  The complainant,
the alleged harasser and the investigator will receive notice as to the conclusion of the investigation.  The principal will maintain a log of information necessary to comply
with Iowa Department of Education reporting procedures.

 

POINTS TO REMEMBER IN THE INVESTIGATION

              Evidence uncovered in the investigation is confidential.

              Complaints must be taken seriously and investigated.

              No retaliation will be taken against individuals involved in the investigation process.

              Retaliators will be disciplined up to and including suspension and expulsion.

 

CONFLICTS

If the investigator is a witness to the incident, the alternate investigator shall investigate.

 

Student Handbook Provision

 

Initiations, Hazing, Bullying or Harassment

Harassment, bullying and abuse are violations of school district policies, rules and regulations and, in some cases, may also be a violation of criminal or other laws.  The
school district has the authority to report students violating this rule to law enforcement officials.

Students who feel that they have been harassed or bullied should:

-  Communicate to the harasser or bully that the student expects the behavior to stop, if the student is comfortable doing so.  If the student needs assistance
communicating with the harasser or bully, the student should ask a teacher, counselor or principal to help.

-  If the harassment or bullying does not stop, or the student does not feel comfortable confronting the harasser or bully, the student should:

tell a teacher, counselor or principal; and

write down exactly what happened, keep a copy and give another copy to the teacher, counselor or principal including;

what, when and where it happened;

who was involved;

exactly what was said or what the harasser or bully did;

witnesses to the harassment or bullying;

what the student said or did, either at the time or later;

how the student felt; and

how the harasser or bullying responded.

 

Sexual harassment may include unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature.  Harassment or bullying on
the basis or age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability,
ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status or familial status includes conduct of a verbal or physical nature that is designed to embarrass,
distress, agitate, disturb or trouble persons when it:

places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property;

has a substantially detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health;

has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance; or

has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.

 

Sexual harassment includes, but is not limited to:

verbal, physical or written harassment or abuse;

pressure for sexual activity;

repeated remarks to a person with sexual or demeaning implications; and

suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or explicit threats.

 

Harassment or bullying based upon factors other than sex includes, but is not limited to:

verbal, physical, or written harassment or abuse;

repeated remarks of a demeaning nature;

implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, job, etc; and

demeaning jokes, stories or activities.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 09:34

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:44

200 - Statement of Guiding Principles

200 - Statement of Guiding Principles

The school district is organized and known as the North Mahaska Community School District in the counties of Mahaska and Poweshiek, State of Iowa.

It is the policy of the Board of Education to organize and maintain the distinction between those activities which are appropriate to the Board of Directors as the legislative governing body of the School District, and those administrative activities which are to be performed by the Superintendent of Schools and his staff in the exercise of a delegated administrative authority.  The function of the Board can be described as policy-making, appraisal and evaluation.

The Board of Education shall have the further duty of providing the financial means by which the educational program is conducted.  They shall also ensure that the community be informed of the needs, purposes, values and status of the schools.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Code of Iowa

May 31, 1983

Approved     7-21-2008                     
Reviewed   __7/17/2023_              
Revised __________            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:11

200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors

200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors

The North Mahaska  Community School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law.  The board will consist of 5 board members.  Board
members are elected
by director district.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting each year at
the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results. 
The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The
superintendent will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.

 

NOTE:  Iowa law establishes the organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  Boards are no longer required to hold their organizational meeting at a special meeting on the first Monday after the election.  Because of the change, it is possible that a board's organizational meeting may be held as late as October.  There is no longer the requirement that members elected at a regular election qualify within 10 days.  However, members either elected at a special election or appointed to fill a vacancy must still qualify within 10 days.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8 , .33 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    206.1    President
    
                                    206.2    Vice-President
    
                                    210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_7/17/2023                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:26

200.1R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

200.1R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

The board will hold its organizational meeting annually at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by
the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.

The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board.  At the meeting, the board will elect a president who will
hold office for one year.  Once elected, the president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.

Meeting Procedure

The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts:  the final meeting of the outgoing board and the organizational meeting of the new board.

1.     Final Meeting of the Retiring Board

        (1)      Call to order.

        (2)      Roll call.

        (3)      Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s)(Consent agenda).

        (4)      Communications.

        (5)      Visitors.

        (6)      Unfinished business.

                  (a)  Current claims and accounts (for the retiring board to authorize).

                  (b)  Other items.  If any member of the board feels the board should consider any unfinished business, even if only to identify it as unfinished business,
                                    the member should address the issue at this time.

        (7)      Review of election results.  The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections.  Official results are recorded in the minutes.

        (8)      Adjournment of the retiring board.

2.     Organizational Meeting of the New Board

        (1)      The superintendent, as president pro tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.

        (2)      Call to order.

        (3)      Roll call.

        (4)      Oath of office.  The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.

        (5)      Election of a president of the board.  The president pro tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded.  The board will then vote on the nominations.  The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair.

         (6)     Election of the vice-president.  The president of the board will call for nominations; the nominations need not be seconded.  The board will then vote on the nominations.  The president will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.

Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include:

         (7)     Board resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring board members.

         (8)     Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board.

         (9)     Board resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new board.

        (10)    Board resolution to authorize the interim payment of bills pursuant to policy 705.3.

        (11)    Communications.

        (12)    Visitors.

        (13)    Superintendent's report.

        (14)    Adjournment.

       

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                   206.1    President
    
                                   206.2    Vice-President
                                   210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:30

200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors

200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors

The board of the North Mahaska Community School District, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the
school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.  The board is also empowered to enforce its
policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express
powers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).
    
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 66.

Cross Reference:  209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:25

200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees.  The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency.  As the governing board of the school district, the board has   four duties to perform:  legislative duty, executive duty, evaluative duty and quasi-judicial duty.

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district.  As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf.  The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty.  The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services.  The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy and goals for the school district.

The board fulfills its quasi-judicial duties in serving as a neutral arbiter for hearings related to student suspension or expulsion proceedings and certain employment termination hearings and appeals.  This important power was granted by the Iowa legislature and cannot be delegated.  To preserve the board’s neutrality to hear and decide upon these matters, the board does not investigate or become involved in student disciplinary matters or employment matters that may come before it and would require the board to serve in its quasi-judicial role.  

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
    
                                    103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
    
                                    600       Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed 
   7/17/2023                                                                    
Revised    6-20-2022     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:23

201 - Elections

201 - Elections

The bi-annual school election takes place on the second Tuesday in September on odd-numbered years.  Each bi-annual school election is used to elect at least two citizens
to the board to maintain a
member board and to address other questions that are submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee, between
sixty-four and forty days before the school election unless otherwise directed.

If a vacancy occurs on the board it may be filled by appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  If the board does not fill the vacancy by appointment, the board secretary
will call a special election to fill the vacancy.  Candidates for a seat created by a vacancy must file their nomination papers 25 days before the special election.

It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

NOTE:  This policy states the legal requirements for school board elections and the filling of vacancies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 47-53; 56-57; 63, 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1, 279.7 (2007).

Cross Reference:  202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed    7/17/2023                                                                   
Revised   6-4-2013       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:22

202 - Director Members

202 - Director Members dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:17

202.1 - Qualifications

202.1 - Qualifications

Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege.  Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each
board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community.  Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference
should consider running for a position on the board.

Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board
work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision.  The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should
possess these characteristics.

Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with
the position.

 

NOTE:  The last paragraph states the legal requirements to run for the school board.  An individual must be an eligible elector in order to run for the school board.  An
eligible elector need not be registered to vote.  An eligible elector needs only to be eligible to be registered to vote.  Also, a spouse of an employee may run for the board. 
Details on conflict of interest are in Policy 203, Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A (2007).

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202.4    Vacancies
    
                                    203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved    7-21-2008              
Reviewed
_7/17/2023           
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:21

202.2 - Oath of Office

202.2 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at the annual school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.

"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of                                (naming the office) in the North Mahaska School District as now and hereafter required by law?"

 

NOTE:  Board members elected at the regular election do not need to take the oath of office within 10 days.  Those elected at a special election or appointed to fill a vacancy, however, must take the oath of office within 10 days.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    204       Code of Ethics
    
                                    206       Board of Directors' Officers

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:18

202.3 - Term of Office

202.3 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in September serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will
serve until the next scheduled school election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider
running for more than one term.

 

NOTE:  This policy states the terms of office established by law for board members elected at a regular or special election or appointed to fill a vacancy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6-.7 (2007).

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202       Board of Directors Members

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed       7/17/2023                                                                        
Revised   
_6-4-2013

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:20

202.4 - Vacancies

202.4 - Vacancies

A vacancy occurs when a board member resigns, forfeits or otherwise leaves the office.  A vacancy also includes, but is not limited to, the following: failure to be properly
elected, failure to qualify within the time fixed by law, failure to reside in the school district or director district, a court order declaring the seat vacant, conviction of a felony,
three violations of the open meetings law, or conviction of a public offense in violation of the oath of office.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The newly-appointed board
member will hold the position until the next scheduled school election. 

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60
days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law on what constitutes a board vacancy and the filling of board vacancies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
    
                                    Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
    
                                    Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 69; 277.29-.30; 279.6-.7 (2007).
    
                                    1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202       Board of Directors Members

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_6-4-2013                                                             
Revised                  

New wording 

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but is not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district. 

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition within 14 days of the publication of the notice requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election. 

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election. 

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:17

203 - Conflict of Interest

203 - Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless
exempted in this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  A board
member will not act as an agent for a school textbook or school supply company during the board member's term of office.  It will not be a conflict of interest for board
members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts to purchase goods or services if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $2,500 in a fiscal
year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the
school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract
in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration
for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the
contract.  The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily competitively bid.

It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member's official duties and
responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of
interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:

        (1)      The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge,
uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary
benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not
"similarly situated" merely by being related to a board member.

        (2)      The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the
board member's immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required
or expected to perform as part of the board member's regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school
district.

        (3)      The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the
performance of the board member's duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or
employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

                  Cease the outside employment or activity; or

         Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create
a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action
to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the
outside employment or activity.

It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  It is also the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest.  Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the Iowa law on board member conflict of interest.  There is no longer a prohibition on the employment of a spouse of a board member.  Because of this removal, boards have little discretion regarding the employment of board members' spouses.  However, a board may be able to prohibit the hiring of a
board member's spouse during the board member's term of office.  If the board chooses to prohibit the hiring of a spouse of a board member, the following paragraph
should be added to the policy just before the last paragraph.

                  It is a conflict of interest for the board to hire the spouse of a board member or do business with the spouse of a board member during the term of the board member.  The payment of compensation to any other family member is within the discretion of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 55; 68B, 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28 (2007).
    
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 37.
    
                                    1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 21.
    
                                    1986 Op. Att'y Gen. 10.
    
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 302.
    
                                    1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 295.
    
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 89.
    
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 137.
    
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 237.

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202.1    Qualifications
    
                                    204       Code of Ethics
    
                                    216.3    Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
    
                                    217       Gifts to Board of Directors
    
                                    401.3    Nepotism

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:13

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics

Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.

 

AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:

      1.         I will listen.

      2.         I will respect the opinion of others.

      3.         I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.

      4.         I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.

      5.         I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.

      6.         I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.

      7.         I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.

      8.         I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.

      9.         I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.

    10.         I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.

    11.         I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.

    12.         I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.

    13.         I will abide by majority decisions of the board.

    14.         I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.

    15.         I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.

    16.         I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.

 

IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY

      1.         I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.

      2.         I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.

      3.         I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.

      4.         I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.

      5.         I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.

      6.         I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.

 

IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES

      1.         I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, evaluative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.

      2.         I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.

      3.         I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.

      4.         I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.

      5.         I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.

      6.         I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.

      7.         I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.

      8.         I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.

      9.         I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent's authority.

    10.         I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.

    11.         I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.

    12.         I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.

 

TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS

      1.         I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.

      2.         I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives.

      3.         I will not recommend an employee for a position in another school district unless I would employ the employee under similar circumstances.

      4.         I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of an employee to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness.

      5.         I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.7A, 279.8, 301.28 (2007).

Cross Reference:  202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:12

205 - Board Member Liability

205 - Board Member Liability

Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the
members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.

The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act
or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless the act constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  However, the school district will not save
harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
    
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (2004).
    
                                    Iowa Code ch. 670 (2007).

Cross Reference:  709       Insurance Program

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_7/17/2023                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:53

206 - Officers

206 - Officers dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:49

206.1 - President

206.1 - President

It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings
and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting each year to serve a one-year term of office.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the
same manner as other board members.  However, before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president
or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the
development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board
and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    202.2    Oath of Office
    
                                    206.2    Vice-President

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_6-4-2013                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:09

206.2 - Vice-President

206.2 - Vice-President

If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Vice-President of the board to carry out the duties of the president. 
If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new
vice-president will be elected.

The vice-president of the board will be elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting each year to serve a one-year term of office.

The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice-president will take an active role
in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.5 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    202.2    Oath of Office
    
                                    206.1    President

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                            
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:52

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the
board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business
of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to
keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The board secretary-treasurer
will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the
board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports
with the appropriate state agencies and other entities. 
It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the
cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.

In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the superintendent's secretary will assume those duties until
the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed.  The board secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount
set by the board.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.15; 299.10, .16 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
    
                                    1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.

Cross Reference:  202.2    Oath of Office
    
                                    210.1    Annual Meeting
    
                                    215       Board of Directors' Records
    
                                    501.10  Truancy - Unexcused Absences
    
                                    704.3    Investments
    
                                    707       Fiscal Reports
    
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved     7-21-2008                         
Reviewed  
_7/17/2023                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:50

207 - Legal Counsel

207 - Legal Counsel

It is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues
confronting the school district.  The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary
believe it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal
counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon
approval of a majority of the board.  It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters
of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
    
                                    Iowa Code § 279.37 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200       Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved   7-21-2008                           
Reviewed  7/17/2023
                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:48

208 - AdHoc Committees

208 - AdHoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the
board are ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty
or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the
board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority
to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee
members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the
superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

NOTE:  Most, if not all, board committees are subject to the open meetings law just as the board is.  The only difference between the two bodies is that committees are
not required to publish their minutes.  That is only a requirement specifically for school boards, not a requirement of the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
    
                                    O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
    
                                    211       Open Meetings
                                        212       Closed Sessions
    
                                    215       Board of Directors' Records
    
                                    605.1    Instructional Materials Selection
    
                                    900       Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:06

208.E1 - AdHoc Committees Exhibit

208.E1 - AdHoc Committees Exhibit

Ad Hoc Committee Purpose and Function

The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies.  Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions.  The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee.  It is the board's role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources.  Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.

 

Role of an Ad Hoc Committee Member

The primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee.  In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others.  When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee.  An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.

 

Ad Hoc Committee Membership

Ad hoc committee members may be appointed by the board.  The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve.  Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee.  Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:08

209 - Management Procedures

209 - Management Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:31

209.1 - Development of Policy

209.1 - Development of Policy

The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law.  Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board
wishes to accomplish and why it wishes to accomplish it while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.

The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district
community.  The policy statements are the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration.  The board will determine the effectiveness of the policy
statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community.  Proposed policy statements or
ideas will be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to
the attention of the board.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
    
                                    200.2    Powers of the Board of Directors
    
                                    200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:05

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

A board policy manual is housed in each school attendance center and in the central administration office.  The board policy manual will be kept and updated on the school
web site, and paper copies will be provided upon request.  Persons wishing to review the board policy manual will contact the board secretary, who will have a board policy
manual available for public inspection.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure that revisions to policy statements are updated on the web site and placed in office manuals no later than the first
regular board meeting following the policy's adoption.  Changes in board policy will also be noted in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was
taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved   7-21-2008                           
Reviewed     7/17/2023                                                                          
Revised   6-4-13       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:47

209.4 - Suspension of Policy

209.4 - Suspension of Policy

Generally, the board will follow board policy and enforce it equitably.  The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend
policy.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists.  Reasons for suspension of board policy will be
documented in board minutes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_7/17/2023                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:38

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the
situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent will
draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
    
                                    302.4    Superintendent Duties
    
                                    304       Policy Implementation

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_7/23/23                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:36

209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy

209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy

The board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy.  Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review is
made on the face of the policy statement.

The board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:

Board of Directors (Series 200)
Administration, Employees (Series 300 and 400)
School District, Education Program (Series 100 and 600)
Students (Series 500)
Noninstructional Operations and Business Services, Buildings and Sites, School District-Community Relations (Series 700, 800 and 900)

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels.  The superintendent will also be responsible
for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.

If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the
discretion of the board.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.  Boards must review board policy at least every five years according to the educational standards.  In order to comply with the educational standards, notation must be made on policies stating when the policy was reviewed or revised.  Boards can use any method they want for reviewing board policy.  The schedule established in this policy is a recommendation.  It is written so approximately one-fifth of the manual is reviewed every year and similar topics are reviewed together.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209     Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_8/23/23                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:33

209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations

209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations

Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations.  Some policies require administrative regulations for
implementation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies.  The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved
by the board prior to their use in the school district.

The administrative regulations will be available no later than the first regular board meeting after the adoption of the board policy unless the board directs otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  
_8/23/23                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:32

210 - Meetings

210 - Meetings dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:26

210.1 - Annual Meeting

210.1 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30.  As
part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks. 

The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel.

 

NOTE:  The requirement that the treasurer present an affidavit for depository banks is a legal requirement. The range of  dates for a board’s annual meeting comply
with Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.3, .33 (2007).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary
    
                                    206.4    Treasurer
    
                                    701.1    Depository of Funds
    
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved     7-21-2008                  
Reviewed   
_8/23/23     
Revised _________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:30

210.2 - Regular Meeting

210.2 - Regular Meeting

The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at its organizational meeting.  The regular meetings of the board will be held on the  3rd Monday of each
month.

Meetings will begin promptly at  6:30 p.m.  The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances
beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board's convenience.  Public notice of the
meetings will be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1 (2007).
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed   
_8/23/23                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:04

210.3 - Special Meeting

210.3 - Special Meeting

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of
the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon
as practical and possible in light of the situation.  Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting.  The
reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for
the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (2007).
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed   8/23/23
                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:45

210.4 - Work Sessions

210.4 - Work Sessions

The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite
its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and
retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  No board action will take place at the work
session.

 

NOTE:  Work sessions are considered open board meetings for which all of the requirements of the open meetings law apply including the requirement that board minutes be published.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
    
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
    
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                    211       Open Meetings

Approved     7-21-2008                         
Reviewed   8/23/23
                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:02

210.5 - Meeting Notice

210.5 - Meeting Notice

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings.  The
public notice will be posted on the bulletin board in the central administration office at least 3 days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice
needs to be given.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  These requests for notice must be in writing.  A copy of the
public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the
meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting. 
Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

NOTE:  This policy states that the notice will be posted in the central administration office which is a legal requirement.  If an additional procedure is used, the board may want to include that procedure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
                                        Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2 (2007).
    
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                    210.8    Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

Approved   7-21-2008                           
Reviewed   8/23/23                                                               
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:44

210.6 - Quorum

210.6 - Quorum

Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting.

While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, 3 members will constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation. 
The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.

An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.

It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4 (2007).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed   8/23/23                                                                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 11:01

210.7 - Rules of Order

210.7 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for
board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board
to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

        To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;

        To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;

        To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,

        To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                   210.8    Board Meeting Agenda

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed   8/23/23                                                                 
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:39

210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual organizational meeting:

1.      Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.

2.      All motions will be made as a positive action.

3.      A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in
this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.

4.      All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board.  If a motion does not receive a second, the board president
may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.

5.      The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue.  An attempt should be made to alternate
between pro and con positions.

6.      The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.

7.      The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.

8.      The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting. 
Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.

9.      The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.

10.    The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:41

210.8 - Board Meeting Agenda

210.8 - Board Meeting Agenda

The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting.  The agenda is part of the public notice of the board
meeting and will be posted and distributed.

Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda.  The person making the request
must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information.  Requests from the public may be added to the
tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president.  Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda
for good cause.

The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members 3 days prior to the scheduled board meeting.  These documents are the private property
of the board member.  Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.

The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice.  Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under
advisement by the board.  If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.

It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.

 

NOTE:  There is no legal requirement for the method used in developing the board agenda.  This policy states the common procedure for drafting the board agenda.  If a board uses another procedure, it should be reflected in this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 269.

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
                                        211       Open Meetings
    
                                    213       Public Participation in Board Meetings
    
                                    215       Board of Directors' Records
    
                                    402.5    Public Complaints About Employees
    
                                    502.4    Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  8/23/23                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:28

210.9 - Consent Agendas

210.9 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not
limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions
such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of
various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar
nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has
consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved     7-21-2008                           
Reviewed  8/23/23            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:26

211 - Open Meetings

211 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the
purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place.  Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open
meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (2007).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.

Cross Reference:  208       Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                    210       Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                    210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
    
                                    212       Closed Sessions

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  8/23/23                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:25

212 - Closed Sessions

212 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law.  The board will hold a closed session or exempt
meeting in the situations stated below.

Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting.  The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice.  The
motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all
of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board
secretary.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting. 

The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and
ended.  The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after
the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection.  The minutes and tape recording will only be available to
board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to whom may be
present at a closed session.

Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

        1.       To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board's possession or receipt of federal funds.

        2.       To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.

        3.       To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.

        4.       To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual's reputation and that individual requests a closed session.

        5.       To discuss the purchase of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property.

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to
avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings
requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote
or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

        1.       negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

        2.       to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

        3.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

        4.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the exceptions and exemptions to the open meeting law.  Any deviation from this policy should be addressed to legal counsel prior to action.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24 (2007).
     
                                   1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
     
                                   1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
     
                                   1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
     
                                   1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
     
                                   1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  208       Ad Hoc Committees
     
                                   211       Open Meetings

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed   8/23/23                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:21

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters.  In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently
and in an organized manner, the board will set time aside for citizen participation, either at a specific time during the meeting or during the discussion of agenda items. 
Citizens wishing to address the board on a certain agenda item must notify the superintendent prior to the board meeting.  Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board
may do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.  The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time
set aside for public participation.

If the pressure of business or other circumstances dictate, the board president may decide to eliminate this practice.  The board president will recognize these individuals to
make their comments at the appropriate time.  The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted.  Only those speakers recognized by the
board president will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.

Individuals who have a complaint about employees may bring their complaint to the board only after they have followed board policy addressing citizens' complaints. 
Students who have a complaint may only bring their complaint to the board after they have followed board policy addressing students' complaints.

 

NOTE: Members of the public do not have a legal right to participate in board meetings.  Boards need to make the determination how best if at all, to involve the public in their board meetings.  Boards that follow other practices for allowing the public to participate in board meetings should amend this policy to reflect their practice.

Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment.  Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.  

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation.  Normally, speakers will be limited to               minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of             minutes.  However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.  Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.  

Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings.  

Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda

Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board.  For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower. 

Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition.  The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up.  The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address.  Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up.  The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal.  Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak. The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum.  

The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility.  The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment.  Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.  Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action. 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  205       Board Member Liability
                                       210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
                                       
Public Hearings
                                       
Communication Channels
                                       
401.4    Employee Complaints
                                       
402.5    Public Complaints About Employees
                                       
502.4    Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved     7-21-2008                         
Reviewed  8/23/23                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:17

213.1R1 - General Complaints by Citizens

213.1R1 - General Complaints by Citizens

The board recognizes that concerns regarding the operation of the school district will arise.  The board further believes that constructive criticism can assist in improving the
quality of the education program and in meeting individual student needs more effectively.  The board also places trust in its employees and desires to support their actions
in a manner which frees them from unnecessary or unwarranted criticism and complaints.

Procedures for dealing with complaints concerning programs or practices should be governed by the following principles:

      where action/investigation is desired by the complainant, or where it seems appropriate, the matter should be handled as near the source as possible;

      complaints should both be investigated and, if possible, resolved expeditiously;

      complaints should be dealt with courteously and in a constructive manner; and,

      individuals directly affected by the complaint should have an opportunity to respond.

Specific procedures for handling complaints may be established in policies.  The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning
specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted.  Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students will follow the
more specific policies on those issues.

When a complaint requiring attention is received by the board or a board member it will be referred to the superintendent.  After all of the channels have been exhausted,
the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public audience portion of the board meeting.  If the complainant appeals
to the board, the appeal will be in writing, will be signed and will explain the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board.  It is within the board’s
discretion to determine whether to hear the complaint.

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.  

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

  1. Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.
  2. Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal.
  3. Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
  4. If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration.  To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board.

Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.  The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent.  If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final.  If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:20

214 - Public Hearing

214 - Public Hearing

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting
except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed
to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be
apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another
speaker.

The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures
will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission
from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or
interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24.9; 73A.18; 279.8, .10; 297.22 (2007).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
                                        
Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                        
601.1    School Calendar
    
                                    703.1    Budget Planning

Approved     7-21-2008                         
Reviewed  8/23/23                                                                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:42

215 - Records

215 - Records

The board will keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the
board.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings.  The minutes of each board meeting will include, at a minimum, the following items:
a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed will be attached.  This information will be
available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication.  The information does not need to be
published within two weeks.  The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes.  The permanent records of the
board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.

Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into
typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.  The requirements in the second paragraph are all legal requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 215.
    
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 403.
    
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary
    
                                    206.4    Treasurer
    
                                    208       Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                    210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
    
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
                
                        901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed  8/23/23                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:57

216 - Association Membership

216 - Association Membership dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:59

216.1 - Association Membership

216.1 - Association Membership

Participation in board member associations are beneficial to the board.  The board will maintain an active membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards and in
organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.38 (2007).

Cross Reference:  216.2    Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

Approved     7-21-2008                         
Reviewed   8/23/23                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:59

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or
an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium
stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

                Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

                Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

                Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

                Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;

                Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;

                Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;

                An inheritance;

                Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;

                Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;

                  Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

               Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;

                  Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

                  Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;

                  Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;

                  Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;

                  Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;

                  Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;

                  Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or

                  Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

                  Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

                  A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or

                  A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It is the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.

 

NOTE:  This policy is a reflection of the law.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (2007).
    
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross References:  203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
    
                                    402.4    Gifts to Employees
    
                                    704.4    Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved    7-21-2008                          
Reviewed   8/23/23                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 10:55

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:45

300 - Role of School District Administration

300 - Role of School District Administration

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators.  Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also
apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."

School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the
educational philosophy of the school district.  They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district.  In carrying out these operations, the administrators
are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school
district, and to inform the board about school district operations.

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration
of the school facilities and for the employees.

The board and the administration will work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.

 

 

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/13/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:56

301 - Administrative Structure

301 - Administrative Structure dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:55

301.1 - Management

301.1 - Management

The board and the administrators will work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district.  This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use
information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.

It is the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues. 
Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information.  Each board member and administrator
will support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.

The board is responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  301       Administrative Structure

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed      11/13/23                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:55

302 - Superintendent

302 - Superintendent dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:45

302.1 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

302.1 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board
policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for
the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, creed
, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the
applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and
other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1994).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  200.2    Powers of the Board of Directors
   
                                    200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
   
                                    301       Administrative Structure
   
                                    302       Superintendent

Approved    1-19-2009                          
Reviewed    11/13/23                                                                           
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:53

302.2 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Renewal

302.2 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Renewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30. 
The contract will state the terms of employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period or the probationary
period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board
will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's
contract at any time.

The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, as required by law.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

If a superintendent's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until
it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the superintendent's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or
resignation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994).
   
                                    Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
           
                            Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co., 258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302       Superintendent

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/13/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:52

302.3 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

302.3 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level
that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of
the superintendent.  The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related
duties.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or
compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2007).
   
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  302       Superintendent

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed      11/13/23                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:51

302.4 - Superintendent Duties and Job Description

302.4 - Superintendent Duties and Job Description

The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement
board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent
is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically, the
superintendent's duties include:

  1. Problem analysis and problem-solving skill; seek out relevant data, analyze complex information and determine important elements of a situation.
  2. Identify educational needs, set priorities and establish short and long-range goals and plans.
  3. Recognize when a decision needs to be made by the superintendent or Board of Education and delegate decision-making when appropriate.
  4. Provide leadership to groups to carry out Board policies and decisions to implement district goals by forming consensus, getting others involved and keeping the group focused on the issues.
  5. Perceptive of the needs, concerns and issues of others.
  6. Conflict resolution skills and respectful when dealing with persons of different opinions.
  7. Self-motivated and dedicated to see tasks through to completion.
  8. Receptive to change and new ideas.
  9. Perform effectively under pressure.
  10. Excellent communication: oral and written.
  11. Honor diversity and equal opportunity for all students and staff.
  12. Maintain high standards of ethics, honesty and integrity.
  13. Knowledgeable of current educational issues and their impact on the educational program.
  14. Knowledgeable of collective bargaining. (Change after FY20)
  15. Knowledgeable of legal issues that affect schools.
  16. Understand the teaching/learning process, programs, curriculum and instructional improvement at all grade levels.
  17. Competent in fiscal management and budgeting.
  18. Able to create high expectations for staff, students and community.
  19. Serve as the chief executive officer of the Board of Education:
    1. Provide direction for the district by evaluating data, involving appropriate staff, parents and community members and assisting the Board of Education in developing short and long-term goals.
    2. Ensure that district curricular programs are based upon student needs, community expectations and appropriate educational research.
    3. Monitor student achievement and ensure that program changes are based upon improving student achievement.
    4. Provide effective staff development programs for all staff.
    5. Ensure that the staff evaluation policies and procedures are implemented.
    6. Provide for effective, on-going communication with the Board of Education, school personnel, parents, district legal counsel, and the community.
    7. Ensure the district facilities are conducive to a positive learning environment.
    8. Ensure the district programs are conducive to a harassment-free environment.
    9. Ensure that appropriate accounting and control procedures are applied to all fiscal transactions.
    10. Ensure compliance with statutes, rules and regulations relating to district operations.
    11. Participate in professional growth activities.
    12. Promote and support positive student conduct.
    13. Promote a program for children with special needs.
    14. Prepare and submit to the Board recommendations relative to all matters requiring Board action, placing before the Board such necessary and helpful facts, information, and reports as are needed to ensure the making of informed decisions.
    15. Act on own discretion if emergency action is necessary in any matter not covered by Board policy, report such action to the Board as soon as practicable, and recommend policy in order to provide guidance in the future.
    16. Supervise methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools.
    17. Suspend any employee for just cause and report such suspension to the Board.
    18. Report to the Board the case of any employee whose service is unsatisfactory and recommend appropriate action.
    19. Submit to the Board a clear and detailed explanation of any proposed procedure that would involve either departure from established policy or the expenditure of substantial sums.
    20. Prepare the annual operating budget recommendations and implement the Board approved budget.
    21. Establish and maintain efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school funds in accordance with the adopted budget.
    22. Maintain directly or through delegation such personnel records, pupil accounting records, business records, and other records that are required by law and by Board policy.
    23. Make recommendations to the Board concerning the transportation of pupils in accordance with the law and the requirements for safety.
    24. Make recommendations with reference to the location and size of new school sites and of additions to existing sites; the location and size of new buildings on school sites; the plans for new school buildings; all appropriations for sites and buildings; and improvements, alterations, and changes in the buildings and equipment of the district.
    25. Represents the district in its dealings with other school systems, institutions, agencies, and community organizations.
    26. Establish and maintain a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the schools and the community.

 

Specifications/Qualifications:

A specialist’s degree, with a major in administration - superintendency

A valid state certificate to practice as a superintendent.

Current Evaluator Approval and DDL

 

Physical Requirements:

Pre-employment Physical

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, 23A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
   
                                    301       Administrative Structure
   
                                    302       Superintendent

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/13/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:49

302.5 - Superintendent Evaluation

302.5 - Superintendent Evaluation

The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent
on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective
administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the
superintendent.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.  
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:

        The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job
description and the school district's goals;

        At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;

        Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation
by the entire board;

        The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;

        The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open
session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,

        The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged
to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.  The board president will develop a written summary of the individual
evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next
cycle of evaluations.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wedergren v. Board of Directors, 307 N.W.2d 12 (Iowa 1981).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .23, .23A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  212       Closed Sessions
   
                                    302       Superintendent

Approved    1-19-2009                          
Reviewed     11/20/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:48

302.6 - Superintendent Professional Development

302.6 - Superintendent Professional Development

The board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education,
and participating in other professional activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the superintendent's schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events.  If a conference or
event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than three days, requires overnight travel, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent will bring
it to the attention of the board president prior to attending the event.

The superintendent will report to the board after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  303.7    Administrator Professional Development
   
                                    401.7    Employee Travel Compensation

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/20/23                                                                          
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:47

302.7 - Superintendent Civic Activities

302.7 - Superintendent Civic Activities

The board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and
participating in school district community activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events.  The board may include a lump sum amount as part of
the superintendent's compensation to be used specifically for paying the annual fees of the superintendent for school district community activities and events if, in the
board's judgment, the superintendent's participation will further the public purpose of promoting and deriving support for the school district and public education in general.

School districts can only expend funds for public purpose.  School districts that pay the annual fee or dues for civic activities should document why the expense is a legitimate expenditure and need to have this policy.  School district not paying these fees or dues, don’t need the policy.

It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.

Cross Reference:  302.3    Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
   
                                    303.8    Administrator Civic Activities

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/20/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:46

302.8 - Superintendent Consulting / Outside Employment

302.8 - Superintendent Consulting / Outside Employment

The superintendent is considered a full-time employee.  The board expects the superintendent to give the responsibilities of the position precedence over other employment. 
The superintendent may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the superintendent's personal
time and it does not interfere with the performance of the superintendent's duties.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that the superintendent cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the
superintendent thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2007).

Cross Reference:  302.2    Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
   
                                    302.4    Superintendent Duties

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/20/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:45

303 - Administrative Employees

303 - Administrative Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:15

303.1 - Administrative Positions

303.1 - Administrative Positions

The school district will have, in addition to the superintendent, the following administrative positions:

            Elementary Principal
            Secondary Principal

These administrators will work closely with the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

It is the responsibility of these administrators to uphold board policy, to instill a positive, cooperative environment with employees, and to share their expertise with each
other and the board under the management team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21, .23-.24 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  301       Administrative Structure
   
                                    303       Administrative Employees

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed     11/20/23                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:43

303.2 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

303.2 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for
the position.  In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, creed, color, religion
, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants. 
The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and
other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy. 
The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  303       Administrative Employees

Approved    1-19-2009                          
Reviewed   11/20/23                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:28

303.3 - Administrator Contract and Contract Renewal

303.3 - Administrator Contract and Contract Renewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract will also state
the terms of the employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period.  The probationary
period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board
will afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it
is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994).
   
                                    Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W. 2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
           
                            Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v Youel, 282 N.W. 2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Briggs v Board of Education of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W. 2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.20, .22-.25 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  303       Administrative Employees

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed   11/20/23                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:26

303.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

303.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level
that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of
the administrators.  The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing
work-related duties.  The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items
of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.21 (2007).
   
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  303       Administrative Employees

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed    11/20/23                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:25

303.5 - Administrator Duties and Job Description

303.5 - Administrator Duties and Job Description

Administrators will be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

Each attendance center will have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center.  Each building principal, as chief administrator
of the assigned attendance center, is responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the
attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center.  The principal is considered the professional advisor to
the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal.  Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of
the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:

Secondary Principal

  1. Structure and make use of regular and systematic classroom observations to increase teacher effectiveness demanding high quality of performance from all staff members.
  2. Provide leadership and supervision of certified staff and encourage creative and innovative instruction.
  3. Assume responsibility for the implementation and observance of all Board policies and regulations by the school’s staff and students.
  4. Make recommendations concerning the school’s administration and instruction.
  5. Responsible for keeping the Superintendent’s office informed of all pertinent information regarding all phases of the school operation.
  6. Report to the superintendent regarding the needs of the school with respect to personnel, curriculum, budgeting needs and the physical plant.
  7. Assist in the recruiting, screening, hiring, training, assigning, in-service orientation, evaluating, and dismissing of the school’s professional staff and classified staff as outlined by the Board Policy and negotiated agreement.
  8. Assist in the development, revision, and evaluation of the curriculum and interpret school goals and objectives to students, teachers, and parents.
  9. Assist in the general supervision and maintenance of the physical plant and grounds.
  10. Assist in the in-service orientation and training of teachers, with special responsibility for staff administrative procedures and instructions.
  11. Make arrangements for special conferences between parents and teachers.
  12. Prepare and submit the school’s budgetary requests, and monitor expenditures and funds.
  13. Conduct meetings of the staff as necessary for proper functioning of the school.
  14. Participate in principals’ meetings, board meetings, and such other meetings as required or appropriate.
  15. Supervise the maintenance of accurate records on the progress and attendance of students.
  16. Maintain high standards of student conduct and enforce discipline as necessary, affording due process for the rights of students.
  17. Assist the Activities’ Director with the supervision and evaluation of the school’s extracurricular programs.
  18. Supervise the preparation of reports, records, lists, and all other paper work required or appropriate to the school’s administration.
  19. Act as liaison between the school and the community, interpreting activities and policies of the school and encouraging community participation in school life.
  20. Keep public informed through good public relation techniques.
  21. Help coordinate building use by school personnel or outside groups.
  22. Keep abreast of changes and developments in the profession by attending professional meetings, reading professional journals and other publications, and discussing problems of mutual interest with others in the field.
  23. Develop professional support and a good working relationship with all staff members.
  24. Participate in administrative groups at the AEA and state levels.
  25. Participate in Management Team meetings and activities.
  26. Maintain confidentiality in the school operation.
  27. Adhere to applicable state and federal laws, rules, regulations, board policies and administrative rules.
  28. Supervise the school’s teaching process.
  29. Approve the master teaching schedule and any special assignments.

 

Specifications/Qualifications:

A master’s degree, with a major in educational administration.

A valid state certificate to practice as a secondary school principal.

Current Evaluator Approval and DDL

 

Physical Requirements:

Pre-employment Physical

 

Elementary Principal

  1. Structure regular and systematic classroom observations to increase teacher effectiveness; demanding high quality of performance from all staff members.
  2. Provide leadership and supervision of certified and noncertified staff and encourage creative and innovative instruction.
  3. Interpret, execute and support Board Policy and administrative regulations keeping staff informed of changes in policy and procedures which affect them.
  4. Provide leadership in the improvement of the total educational program within the school community.
  5. Assist in the implementation of school curriculum and the evaluation of instructional materials.
  6. Interpret school goals and objectives to students, teachers and parents.
  7. Plan, schedule, and assign duties to all staff members.
  8. Assist in screening, hiring, in-service orientation, assigning, evaluating, and dismissing school staff as outlined by the Board Policy and negotiated agreement.
  9. Delegate authority and responsibility where appropriate.
  10. Maintain accurate records as required by federal, state and local officials.
  11. Assist in the general supervision and maintenance of the physical plant and grounds.
  12. Provide for the school’s total needs in requisitioning equipment and supplies within the funds allocated.
  13. Assist in the development and administration of the budget in the area of responsibility.
  14. Recognize accomplishments and achievements of students and staff.
  15. Assist in the implementation of supportive services in meeting the needs of students and staff.
  16. Plan and supervise fire drills and emergency preparedness program.
  17. Maintain high standards of student conduct and enforce discipline as necessary according to due process.
  18. Supervise the maintenance of accurate records on the progress and attendance of students.
  19. Conduct meetings of the staff as appropriate for proper functioning of the school.
  20. Develop a professional rapport and good working relationship with all staff members.
  21. Maintain a positive image for the school as well as good public relations within the community.
  22. Keep abreast of changes and developments in the profession by attending professional meetings, reading professional journals and other publications, and discussing problems of mutual interest with others in the field.
  23. Be involved in administrative groups at the area educational agency and state levels.
  24. Participate in Management Team meetings and activities.
  25. Demonstrate organization and professionalism in fulfilling the responsibilities of the job.
  26. Greet all students, faculty, staff, and visitors courteously.
  27. Maintain a positive rapport with students, staff and the community.
  28. Cooperate with and work in a courteous manner with co-workers and other personnel.
  29. Dress appropriately for the position and work required.
  30. Demonstrate a positive attitude toward school, students and job and communicate the same to the community.
  31. Accept constructive criticism and suggestions and seek to improve each performance responsibility.
  32. Maintain confidentiality in the school operation.
  33. Adhere to applicable state and federal laws, rules and regulations, board policies and administrative rules.
  34. Assume responsibility for the observance and/or implementation of all Board Policies and Administrative Regulations.
  35. Establish and maintain effective learning climate in the school.
  36. Direct the activities of non-certified staff members and student teachers.
  37. Prepare and/or supervise the preparation of reports, records, and all other necessary paper work.
  38. Delegate authority to responsible personnel when necessary and appropriate.
  39. Work with various members of the central administrative staff on problems/projects of district wide importance.
  40. Report to the central office regularly concerning the needs of the school with respect to personnel, transportation, equipment, supplies and curriculum.
  41. Consult regularly for the services of resource personnel so that professional staff can receive effective assistance when needed.
  42. Maintain and control the funds generated by student activities and auxiliary services.
  43. Cooperate with college and university officials regarding teacher training and preparation.
  44. Provide for accurate inventories of property and for the security of the property.
  45. Keep the superintendent informed of events and activities of an unusual nature, as well as routine matters related to the superintendent’s accountability.

 

Specifications/Qualifications:

A master’s degree with a major in educational administration.

A valid state certificate to practice as an elementary school principal.

Current Evaluator Approval and DDL

 

Physical Requirements:

Pre-employment Physical

 

 

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21, .23A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(5), .4(6), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  301       Administrative Structure
                                       303       Administrative Employee

Approved    1-19-2008                          
Reviewed    11/20/23                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:20

303.6 - Administrator Evaluation

303.6 - Administrator Evaluation

The superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the superintendent will formally
evaluate the administrators annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning
goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the
superintendent, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship
between the superintendent and the administrator.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument.  The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description.  The
superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future
areas of growth.  The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and nonprobationary administrators prior to May 15.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.  
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and nonprobationary administrators prior to May 15. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  303       Administrative Employees

Approved     1-19-2009                         
Reviewed    11/20/23                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:19

303.7 - Administrator Professional Development

303.7 - Administrator Professional Development

The board encourages the administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing
their education, and participating in other professional activities.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events in which they are involved.  Prior to attendance at
an event, the administrator must receive approval from the superintendent.  In the case where overnight travel or unusual expense is involved, the superintendent will bring
it to the attention of the board prior to the administrator attending the event.

The administrator will report to the superintendent after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  302.6    Superintendent Professional Development
   
                                    401.7    Employee Travel Compensation

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed     11/20/23                                                                          
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:18

303.8 - Administrator Civic Activities

303.8 - Administrator Civic Activities

The board encourages the administrators to be involved in the school district community by belonging to community organizations and by attending and participating in
school district community activities.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to become involved in school district community activities and events.  The board may include a lump sum amount as part of
the administrator's compensation to be used specifically for paying the annual fees of the administrator for school district community activities and events if, in the board's
judgment, the administrator's participation will further the public purpose of promoting and deriving support for the school district and public education in general.
  It is within
the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

NOTE:  School district can only expend funds for public purposes.  School districts that pay the annual fees or dues for civic activities should document why the expense is a legitimate expenditure and need to have this policy.  School district not paying these fees or dues, don’t need the policy.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.

Cross Reference:  302.7    Superintendent Civic Activities

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:17

303.9 -Administrator Consulting / Outside Employment

303.9 -Administrator Consulting / Outside Employment

An administrative position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects administrators to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district
precedence over other employment.  An administrator may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board and the
superintendent, the work is conducted on the administrator's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the administrative duties contracted by the
board.

The board reserves the right, however, to request the administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the
administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (2007).

Cross Reference:  303.3    Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
   
                                    303.5    Administrator Duties

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed   11/20/23                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:16

304 - Administrative Regulations

304 - Administrative Regulations dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:13

304.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

304.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent should consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations
are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations
prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
   
                                    304.2    Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed   11/20/23                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:14

304.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

304.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative
regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about
the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2007).

Cross Reference:  209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
   
                                    304.1    Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed    11/20/23                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:13

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal,
reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment
of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.

The professional school administrator:

        Upholds the honor and dignity of the profession in actions and relations with students, colleagues, board members and the public;

        Obeys local, state and national laws; holds to high ethical and moral standards; and gives loyalty to this country and to the cause of democracy and liberty;

        Accepts the responsibility to master and contribute to the growing body of specialized knowledge, concepts, and skills which characterize school administration as a profession;

        Strives to provide the finest possible educational experiences and opportunities to the members of the school district community;

        Seeks to preserve and enhance the prestige and status of the profession when applying for a position or entering into contractual agreements;

        Carries out in good faith the policies duly adopted by the local board and the regulations of state authorities and renders professional service;

        Disallows consideration of private gain or personal economic interest to affect the discharge of professional responsibilities;

        Recognizes public schools are the public's business and seeks to keep the public informed about their schools; and,

        Supports and practices the management team concept.

 

  • Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
  • Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
  • Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
  • Implements local, state and national laws.
  • Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
  • Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
  • Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
  • Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
  • Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
  • Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
  • Accepts responsibility and accountability for one’s own actions and behaviors.
  • Commits to serving others above self.

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    282 I.A.C. 13.

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed   11/20/23                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:12

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties.  The succession of authority to the
superintendent is in this order:

1.  Secondary Principal

2.  Elementary Principal

3.  Athletic Director

4.  High School Counselor                                                                                

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If
the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the
superintendent.  The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:   302       Superintendent

Approved     1-19-2008                         
Reviewed    11/20/23                                                                           
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:10

307 - Communication Channels

307 - Communication Channels

Questions and problems are resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint.  School employees are responsible for conferring with their immediate
supervisor on questions and concerns.  Students and other members of the school district community will confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on
questions and concerns.

If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within 5 school days of their discussion with the principal.  If
there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within 5 school days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have
the question or problem placed on the board agenda.  It is within the board’s discretion whether to hear the concern.

It will first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the
school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  213          Public Participation in Board Meetings
   
                                    213.1R1  General Complaints by Citizens
   
                                    401.4       Employee Complaints
   
                                    502.4       Student Complaints and Grievances
   
                                    504.3       Student Publications

Approved                                              
Reviewed    11/20/23                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/11/2021 - 10:08

400 - STAFF PERSONNEL

400 - STAFF PERSONNEL Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:45

400 - Role and Guiding Principles

400 - Role and Guiding Principles

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs.  Employees provide a variety of important
services for the children
 of the school district community.  They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or
repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches.  Each
employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the
students' individual needs.  While the teachers have the most direct impact
on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their
dedication to their work and their actions.  As role models for the students, employees shall
promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the
students.

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees.  The board shall have complete discretion to
determine the number, the
qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance.  It shall be the responsibility of the
superintendent to make recommendations to the
board in these areas prior to board action.  The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective
bargaining units. 

Board policies in this series relating to general employees shall apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or
administrator.  Board policies
relating to licensed employees shall apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license,
certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy.  Classified employees' policies included in this series shall apply
to positions
that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

 

Approved    7/27/2009                      
Reviewed   6/16/2014               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 11:00

401 - Internal Relations

401 - Internal Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:46

401.1 - Equal Opportunity

401.1 - Equal Opportunity

The North Mahaska Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment
opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment
includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of
compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are
underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given
notice of this policy annually.

The superintendent will serve as the affirmative action coordinator unless otherwise assigned by the board.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for
drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration,
and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the
applicants without regard to race, creed, color, religion, gender, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability.  In keeping with the law, the board will
consider the veteran status of applicants.

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The North Mahaska  Community School District is an EEO/AA employer." 
This statement may be shortened to the initials EEO/AA.  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not
limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, North Mahaska Community
School District,  Box 89, New Sharon, Iowa 50207 ; or by telephoning 641-637-4187 . 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not
limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunities Commission, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza,, 310
W. Wisconsin Ave., Ste. 800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820,  http://www.eeoc.gov/field/milwaukee/index.cfm  or the Iowa Civil
Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416,  http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html  This inquiry or
complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each
attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
               
                        Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8 (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4; 14.1; 95.

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    104       Bullying/Harassment
   
                                    405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised     8-12-2013    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:58

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to
disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students
for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the
solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a
condition of continued employment.

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supplies.  Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside
activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of
information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities. 
In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist
will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

      (1)  The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform,
business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other
similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an
employee who is employed by the school district.

      (2)  The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's
immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the
employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.

      (3)  The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the
employee's duties.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls
under (3), then the employee must:

      Cease the outside employment or activity; or

      Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit
for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any
vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or
activity.

It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

NOTE:  This policy is a reflection of Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (2007).

Cross Reference:  203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
   
                                    402.4    Gifts to Employees
                                       
402.7    Employee Outside Employment
                                       
404       Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:56

401.3 - Nepotism

401.3 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to allow one family member employed by the school
district to supervise another family member employed by the school district
subject to the approval of the board.

The employment of more than one individual in a family is on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection
   
                                    411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:55

401.4 - Employee Complaints

401.4 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.  If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate
supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees,
students or outside persons.

A formal grievance procedure is contained in the master contract between the employee's licensed bargaining unit and the board.  This policy will not apply to a complaint that
has been or could be filed at the employee's discretion under that formal grievance procedure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  307       Communication Channels

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:55

401.5 - Employee Records

401.5 - Employee Records

The school district will maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board
policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment,
references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not
generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be
accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between
the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made.  However, employees will not be allowed access to the employment
references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter
before the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep employees' personnel files current.  The board secretary is the custodian of employee records.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

NOTE:  This is not a mandatory policy but is a recommended one.  It reflects current state and federal laws protecting the confidentiality and retention of employee
records. Separate medical files is a requirement of the American with Disabilities Act.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (2007).

Cross Reference:  402.1    Release of Credit Information
   
                                    403       Employees' Health and Well-Being
   
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:53

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

Employee Personnel Records Content

1.     Employee personnel records may contain the following information:

                  Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.

                  Individual employment contract.

                  Evaluations.

                  Application, resume and references.

                  Salary information.

                  Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.

                  Educational transcripts.

                  Assignment.

                  Records of disciplinary matters.

2.     Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records.  Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:

                  Medical professional signed physical form.

                  Sick or long-term disability leave days.

                  Worker's compensation claims.

                  Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.

                  Employee's medical history.

                  Employee emergency names and numbers.

                  Family and medical leave request forms.

 

Applicant File Records Content

Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office.  The records will include, but not be limited to:

            Application for employment.

            Resume.

            References.

            Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.

            Affirmative action form, if submitted.

 

Record Access

Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee.  Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to,
the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary.  In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's
health or medical file without the consent of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when
necessary for the conducting of board business.

 

Employee Record Retention

All employee records, except payroll and salary records, are maintained for a minimum of seven years after termination of employment with the district.  Applicant records are
maintained for a minimum of three years after the position was filled.  Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:54

401.6 - Transporting of Students by Employees

401.6 - Transporting of Students by Employees

Generally, transportation of students is in a motor vehicle owned by the school district and driven by an employee.  In some cases, it may be more economical or efficient for
the school district to allow an employee of the school district to transport the students in the employee's motor vehicle.

Employees who transport students for school purposes must have the permission of the superintendent.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to the regular bus route transporting students to and from their designated attendance
center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 285; 321 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.7    Employee Travel Compensation
   
                                    711       Transportation
   
                                    904.1    Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:52

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

Employees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses.  Actual and
necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs.

Travel Outside the School District

Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved.  Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the
cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business.  Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, is approved by the
superintendent. 

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses may be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel.  Prior to
reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense
for each claim item.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional
circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

Failure to have a detailed receipt will make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip are reimbursed by the
employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses.  Pre-approved expenses for registration are
limited to the actual cost of the registration.

Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile.  If a school district vehicle is not
available, the employee will be reimbursed 34.5 cents per mile. 
Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three hundred miles of the school district administrative
office may be by public carrier.  Reimbursement for air travel will be at the tourist class fares.  Should an employee choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement will be
limited to the public carrier amount.  Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class "C" rental car at a medium priced agency unless
the number of people traveling on behalf of the school district warrants a larger vehicle.

Expenses for meals and lodging within or outside the state must be pre-approved by the superintendent. 

 

Travel Within the School District

Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at 34.5 cents per mile.  It is
the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees.  It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school
district by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.

Employees who are allowed an in-school district travel allowance will have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the
employee's W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of
school district vehicles.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the
procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

 

NOTE:  This policy contains auditor's requirements for a travel compensation policy, including incidental vehicle use, reimbursement by employees for personal use,
travel between attendance centers and taxation of additional compensation.  As a result, most of the language of the policy is mandatory.  The paragraphs in brackets that
address specific limitations for expenditures are optional. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 512.

Cross Reference:  216.3    Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
   
                                    401.6    Transporting of Students by Employees
   
                                    401.10  Credit Cards
   
                                    904.1    Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:50

401.8 - Employee Record of Service

401.8 - Employee Record of Service

The board recognizes and appreciates the service of its employees.  Employees who retire or resign or achieve career longevity milestones may be honored by the board,
administration and staff in an appropriate manner.

If the form of honor thought appropriate by the administration and employees involves unusual expense to the school district, the superintendent will seek prior approval from
the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Const. Art. III, § 31.
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102.

Cross Reference:  407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
   
                                    413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:49

401.9 - Employee Political Activity

401.9 - Employee Political Activity

Employees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board.  Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or
petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, and the use of students for
writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.

Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action.

 

NOTE:  This policy is required by federal law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 55; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  409.5    Licensed Employee Political Leave
   
                                    414.5    Classified Employee Political Leave

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:48

401.10 - Credit Cards

401.10 - Credit Cards

Employees may use school district credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.  Actual and necessary expenses
incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from
school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the
board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the
expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses are reimbursed to the school
district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without
proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The
superintendent may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties.  The transportation
director may maintain a school district credit card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It is the responsibility of the board to
determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit card used by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school
business.

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit card.  The administrative
regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit card.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  219.3    Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
   
                                    401.7    Employee Travel Compensation

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:47

401.11 - Employee Orientation

401.11 - Employee Orientation

Employees must know their role and duties.  New employees may be required to participate in an orientation program for new employees.  The employee's immediate
supervisor should provide the new employee with a review of the employee's responsibilities and duties.  Payroll procedures and employee benefit programs and accompanying
forms will be explained to the employee by the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    191 I.A.C. 74.

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance
   
                                    406       Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits
   
                                    412       Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:46

402 - Outside Relations

402 - Outside Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:28

402.1 - Release of Credit Information

402.1 - Release of Credit Information

The following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit:  title of position, income, and number of years
employed.  This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee.  Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor
with a written authorization from the employee.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.

 

NOTE:  This policy lists the information the school district will release to a credit agency without prior notice to the employee.  The items listed are all public records and
can be disclosed without prior notice.  Prior to releasing other information, a school district must get consent from the employee.  It is recommended that this consent be
written.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 22.7; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.5    Employee Records

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:45

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper
authorities.  Employees are encouraged, and licensed employees are required as mandatory reporters, to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the
scope of their professional duties.  The definition of child abuse is in the accompanying regulation. 

When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter will orally or in writing notify the Iowa Department of Human Services.  If
the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified.  Within forty-eight hours of the oral report, the
mandatory reporter will file a written report with the Iowa Department of Human Services.

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse, or submit
evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous five years.  The course will be re-taken at least every five years.

 

NOTE:  This policy and the accompanying regulation reflect the current status of Iowa law regarding child abuse reporting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A; 235A; 280.17 (2007).
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
   
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 390, 417.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.3    Abuse of Students by School District Employees
   
                                    502.9    Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:43

402.2R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulations

402.2R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulations

Iowa law requires licensed employees to report to the Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS) instances of suspected child abuse which they become aware of within the scope of
their professional duties.

The law further specifies that a licensed employee who knowingly or willfully fails to report a suspected case of child abuse is guilty of a simple misdemeanor and that the licensed
employee may be subject to civil liability for damages caused by the failure to report.

Employees participating in good faith in the making of a report or in a judicial proceeding that may result from the report, are immune from liability. 

Child Abuse Defined

"Child abuse" is defined as:

                   Any nonaccidental physical injury, or injury which is at variance with the history given of it, suffered by a child as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible
for the care of the child.

                   The commission of a sexual offense with or to a child . . . as a result of the acts or omissions of the person responsible for the child. . . .  Sexual offense includes sexual abuse,
incest, and sexual exploitation of a minor.

                   The failure on the part of a person responsible for the care of a child to provide for the adequate food, shelter, clothing or other care necessary for the child's welfare when
financially able to do so or when offered financial or other reasonable means to do so.  A parent or guardian legitimately practicing religious beliefs who does not provide
specified medical treatment for a child for that reason alone will not be considered abusing the child.

                   The acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of a child which allow, permit or encourage the child to engage in acts prohibited pursuant to Iowa Code, section
725.1 which deals with prostitution.

Any mental injury to a child’s intellectual or psychological capacities evidenced by an observable and substantial impairment in the child’s ability to function within the child’s
normal range of performance and behavior as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child, if the impairment is diagnosed by a licensed
physician or qualified mental health professional.

An illegal drug is present in a child’s body as a direct and foreseeable consequence of the acts of omissions of the person responsible for the care of the child.

The person responsible for the care of a child has, in the presence of the child, as defined in section 232.2, subsection 6, paragraph “p”, manufactured a dangerous substance, as
defined in section 232, subsection 6, paragraph “p”, or in the presence of the child possesses a product containing ephedrine or its salts, optical isomers or its salts,
pseudoephedrine or its salts, with the intent to use the product as a precursor or an intermediary to a dangerous substance.

The commission of bestiality in the presence of a minor under section 717C.1 by a person who resides in a home with a child, as a result of the acts of omissions of a person
responsible for the care of the child.

Teachers in public schools are not "persons responsible for the care of the child" under this definition. 

Reporting Procedures

Licensed employees, including teachers and school nurses, are required to report orally, within twenty-four hours to the Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS) when the employee
reasonably believes a child has suffered from abuse within the scope of employment.  Within forty-eight hours of an oral report, a written report must be filed with DHS.

Each report should contain as much of the following information as can be obtained within the time limit.  However, the law specifies a report will be considered valid even if it does not
contain all of the following information:

           name, age, and home address of the child;

           name and home address of the parents, guardians or other persons believed to be responsible for the care of the child;

           the child's present whereabouts if not the same as the parent's or other person's home address;

           description of injuries, including evidence of previous injuries;

           name, age, and condition of other children in the same home;

           any other information considered helpful; and,

           name and address of the person making the report.

Board policy states it is not the responsibility of employees to prove that a child has been abused or neglected.  Employees should not take it upon themselves to investigate the case or
contact the family of the child.  DHS is responsible for investigating the incident of alleged abuse.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:44

402.3 - Student Abuse By an Employee

402.3 - Student Abuse By an Employee

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose
of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees
found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation. 
The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when
requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve
as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The
names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy and its accompanying regulation and exhibits are a reflection of current Iowa law regarding abuse of students by school district employees.  The last
sentence of the third paragraph is mandatory in the law and is an item in the DE accreditation report.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1) (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103.
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 155; 175.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.2    Child Abuse Reporting
   
                                    403.5    Harassment
   
                                    503.5   Corporal Punishment

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:33

402.3E1 - Student Abuse Complaint Form

402.3E1 - Student Abuse Complaint Form

Complaint of Injury to or Abuse of a Student by a School District Employee

Please complete the following as fully as possible.  If you need assistance, contact the Level I investigator in your school.

Student's name and address:             ___________________________________________________                                   

                                                ___________________________________________________

Student's telephone no.:            ___________________________________________________

Student's school:                       ___________________________________________________

Accused employee’s name and place of employment:__________________________________                                               

                                                ___________________________________________________

Allegation is of physical abuse or sexual abuse. (please circle)

*Please describe what happened.  Include the date, time and where the incident took place, if known.  If physical abuse is alleged, also state the nature of the student's injury:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Were there any witnesses to the incident or are there students or persons who may have information about this incident?            yes             no

If yes, please list by name, if known, or classification (for example "third grade class," "fourth period geometry class"):

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

*Parents of children who are in pre-kindergarten through sixth grade and whose children are the alleged victims of or witnesses to sexual abuse have the right to see and hear
any interviews of their children in this investigation.  Please indicate "yes" if the parent/guardian wishes to exercise this right:

                   Yes                  No      Telephone Number                                       

 

Has any professional person examined or treated the student as a result of the incident?

        yes           no           unknown

If yes, please provide the name and address of the professional(s) and the date(s) of examination or treatment, if known:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Has anyone contacted law enforcement about this incident?          yes           no

Please provide any additional information you have which would be helpful to the investigator.  Attach additional pages if needed.

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Your name, address and telephone number:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

 

Relationship to student: ________________________________________________________

 

 

_________________________________         _____________________________________
Complainant Signature                       Date             Witness Signature                                    Date           

                             Witness Name (please print)     __________________________________

                              Witness Address                      __________________________________

Be advised that you have the right to contact the police or sheriff's office, the county attorney, a private attorney, or the State Board of Educational Examiners (if the accused is
a licensed employee) for investigation of this incident.  The filing of this report does not deny you that opportunity. 

You will receive a copy of this report (if you are the named student's parent or guardian) and a copy of the Investigator's Report within fifteen calendar days of filing this report
unless the investigation is turned over to law enforcement.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:41

402.3E2 - Level I Investigation Form

402.3E2 - Level I Investigation Form

Report of Level I Investigation

Student's name:  _________________________  Student's age:  ______  Student's grade:  ______

Student's address:          _______________________________________

                                    _______________________________________

Student's school:  ___________________________________________________________

Name of accused school employee:  _____________________________________________

Building:  _________________________________________________________________

Name and address of person filing report:            _____________________________________

                                                                        _____________________________________

                                                                        _____________________________________

Name and address of student's parent or guardian, if different from person filing report:

                                                                        _____________________________________

                                                                        _____________________________________

                                                                        _____________________________________

Date report of abuse was filed:  _________________

Allegation is of physical abuse or sexual abuse:  *Describe the nature, extent and cause of the student's injury, if any and if known:    (Attach additional pages if needed).

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Describe your investigation:  Attach additional pages if needed.  (Please do not use student witnesses' full names.)

___________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

*Were parent(s) or guardian(s) advised of their right to see and hear any interview of their pre-kindergarten through sixth grade children who are alleged victims of or a witness
in a sexual abuse investigation?                    Yes            No        Was the right exercised?             Yes               No

Were audiotapes made of any interviews?            yes              no

Were videotapes made of any interviews?            yes              no

Was any action taken to protect the student during or as a result of the investigation?          yes           no

If yes, describe:

                student excused from school                                    school employee placed on  leave

                student assigned to different class                             other (please specify)

 

Level I investigator's conclusions:

                      The complaint is being dismissed for lack of jurisdiction.

           Physical abuse was alleged, but no allegation of injury was made.

                            Physical abuse was alleged, but no evidence of physical injury exists and the nature of the alleged incident makes it unlikely an injury, as defined in the rules,
occurred.

                                        Sexual abuse was alleged, but the alleged actions of the school employee, even if true, would not meet the definition of sexual abuse in the rules.

           Alleged victim was not a student at the time of the incident.

           Alleged school employee is not currently employed by this school district.

                                        Alleged incident did not occur on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, nor in a school-related context.

                      The complaint has been investigated and concluded at Level I as unfounded.

                             Complaint was withdrawn.

                             Insufficient evidence exists that an incident of abuse, as defined in the rules, took place.

                      The complaint has been investigated at Level I and is founded.

                             The investigation is founded at Level I and is being turned over to Level II for further investigation.

                             Investigation of the complaint was deferred at Level I and referred to law enforcement at this time.

                             The investigation is concluded at Level I because the accused school employee has admitted the violation, has resigned, or has agreed to relinquish any
teaching license held.

Current status of investigation:

                      Closed.  No further investigation is warranted.

                      Closed and referred to school officials for further investigation as a personnel matter.

                      Deferred to law enforcement officials.

                      Turned over to Level II investigator.

Other comments:

I have given a copy of the report of abuse and of this investigative report to the employee named in the report, the employee's supervisor, and the student's parent or guardian
and informed the person filing the report of the options of contacting law enforcement, private counsel, or the State Board of Educational Examiners, if the accused school
employee holds an Iowa teacher's certificate or license.

 

Name of investigator (please print)  ________________________________________________

 

 

Investigator's place of employment ________________________________________________

 

 

Signature of investigator  ________________________________________________________

 

Date  ____________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:38

402.3R1 - Student Abuse Regulation

402.3R1 - Student Abuse Regulation

An individual who has knowledge an employee has physically or sexually abused a student may immediately report it to the elementary or secondary counselor who is the school
district's Level I investigator.  "Employee" means one who works for pay or as a volunteer under the direction and control of the school district.  The report is written, signed and
witnessed by a person of majority age.  The witness may be the Level I investigator.  The reporter is the individual filing the report.  The report will contain the following:

            The full name, address, and telephone number of the person filing.

            The full name, age, address, and telephone number, and attendance center of the student.

            The name and place of employment of the employee who allegedly committed the abuse.

            A concise statement of the facts surrounding the incident, including date, time, and place of occurrence, if known.

            A list of possible witnesses by name, if known.

            Names and locations of persons who examined, counseled or treated the student for the alleged abuse, including the dates on which those services were provided, if known.

Upon request, the Level I investigator may assist the reporter in completing the report.  An incomplete report will not be rejected unless the missing information would render the
investigation futile or impossible.  An employee receiving a report of alleged abuse of a student by an employee will pass the report to the investigator and will keep the report confidential
to the maximum extent possible.  In performing the investigation, the investigator will have access to the educational records of the alleged student victim as well as access to the student
for interviewing purposes.

In order for the school district to have jurisdiction over the acts and to constitute a violation of the law, acts of the employee must be alleged to have occurred on school grounds, on school
time, at a school-sponsored activity, or in a school-related context.  However, the student need not be a student in the school district.  The student can be from another school district.  To be
investigable, the written report must include basic information showing that the victim of the alleged abuse is or was a student at the time of the incident, that the alleged act of the
employee resulted in injury or otherwise meets the definition of abuse in these rules, and that the person responsible for the act is currently an employee.  If the report is not investigable
due to lack of jurisdiction, the investigator will dismiss the complaint and inform the reporter of other options available.  Other options available to the reporter include contacting law
enforcement authorities, private counsel, or the Board of Educational Examiners in the case of a licensed employee.

If the Level I investigator believes the student is in imminent danger if continued contact is permitted between the employee and the student, the Level I investigator may:

            temporarily remove the student from contact with the employee;

            temporarily remove the employee from service; or,

            take other appropriate action to ensure the student's safety.

The Level I investigator will have access to the educational records of the student and access to the student for purposes of interviewing the student about the report.

 

Physical Abuse Allegations

When physical abuse is reported, the Level I investigator will make copies of the report and give a copy to the person filing the report, the students' parents and the immediate
supervisor of the employee named in the report.  The employee named in the report will not receive a copy of the report until the employee is initially interviewed.

The Level I investigator will use discretion in handling the information received regarding an investigation of abuse by an employee, and those persons involved in the investigation will
not discuss information regarding the complaint outside the investigation.  The entire investigative procedure will be thoroughly explained, including the confidential nature of the
proceedings, to the student and other persons involved in the investigation.

Within five days of receipt of an investigable report, the Level I investigator will complete an informal investigation.  The informal investigation will consist of interviews with the student,
the employee and others who may have knowledge of the alleged incident.  If the Level I investigator determines that the allegations in the report are founded and that immediate and
professional investigation is necessary, the Level I investigator may defer further investigation and contact appropriate law enforcement officials, the student's parents and the person filing
the report.  Within fifteen days of receipt of the report, the Level I investigator will complete a written investigative report, unless the investigation was temporarily deferred.

The written investigative report will include:

      1.   The name, age, address and attendance center of the student named in the report.

      2.   The name and address of the student's parent or guardian and the name and address of the person filing the report, if different from the student's parent or guardian.

      3.   The name and work address of the employee named in the report as allegedly responsible for the abuse of the student.

      4.   An identification of the nature, extent and cause, if known, of any injuries or abuse to the student named in the report.

      5.   A general review of the investigation.

      6.   Any actions taken for the protection and safety of the student.

      7.   A statement that, in the investigator's opinion, the allegations in the report are either:

                     Unfounded.  (It is not likely that an incident, as defined in these rules, took place), or

                     Founded.  (It is likely that an incident took place.)

      8.   The disposition or current status of the investigation.

      9.   A listing of the options available to the parents or guardian of the student to pursue the allegations.  These options include, but are not limited to:

      Contacting law enforcement officials.

      Contacting private counsel for the purpose of filing a civil suit or complaint.

      Filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners if the employee is a licensed employee.

The investigator will retain the original and provide a copy of the written investigative report to the school employee named in the report, the employee's supervisor and the student's
parent or guardian.  The person filing the report, if not the student's parent or guardian, is notified only that the Level I investigation has been concluded and of the disposition or
anticipated disposition of the case.

It is the responsibility of the Level I investigator to determine whether it is more likely than not that an incident of abuse as defined in the rules took place between the student and
employee.  The Level I investigator does not make the determination of whether the use of physical contact was appropriate or whether any of the exceptions apply.  That is the
responsibility of the Level II investigator.  Upon completion of the report, if the Level I investigator determines the allegations of physical abuse are founded and serious, the Level I
investigator will notify law enforcement authorities.  If the allegations are founded but the physical abuse is not of a serious nature, the Level I investigator will refer the case on to
the Mahaska County Sherriff, the Level II investigator.                                                                                                                                         

The Level II investigator will review the Level I investigator's final investigative report and conduct further investigation.  The Level II investigative report will state the conclusion as to
the occurrence of the alleged incident, the applicability of exceptions, the reason for the contact or force used, and recommendations regarding the need for further investigation.  In
determining the applicability of the exceptions or the reasonableness of the contact or force used, the Level II investigator will use the following definitions:

Physical abuse is non-accidental physical injury to the student as a result of the action of an employee.  Injury occurs when evidence of it is still apparent at least twenty-four hours after its
occurrence.  The following do not constitute physical abuse, and no employee is prohibited from:

      a.   Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain:

(1)  To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

(2)  To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.

(3)  For the purposes of self-defense of defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code § 704.3.

(4)  For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code §§ 704.4, .5.

(5)  To remove a disruptive pupil from class, or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

(6)  To prevent a student from the self-infliction of harm.

(7)  To protect the safety of others.

      b.   Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control. 

            In determining the reasonableness of the contact or force used, the following factors are considered:

a.   The nature of the misconduct of the student, if any, precipitating the physical contact by the school employee.

b.   The size and physical condition of the student.

c.   The instrumentality used in making the physical contact.

d.   The motivation of the school employee in initiating the physical contact.

e.         The extent of injury to the student resulting from the physical contact.

"Reasonable force" is that force and no more which a reasonable person, in like circumstances, would judge to be necessary to prevent an injury or loss and can include deadly force if it is
reasonable to believe that such force is necessary to avoid injury or risk to one's life or safety or the life or safety of another, or it is reasonable to believe that such force is necessary to
resist a like force or threat.

Upon completion of the Level II investigation, the Level I investigator will forward copies of the Level II investigative report to the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and
the student's parent.  The Level I investigator will notify the person filing the report of the current status of the case.

If the Level II investigator's report or law enforcement officials conclude abuse occurred, or the employee admits the violation, or the employee has surrendered the employee's certificate
or license, the Level I investigator will file a complaint with the State Board of Educational Examiners.  The Level I investigator will also arrange for counseling services for the student if the student or student's parents request counseling services.

 

Sexual Abuse

Sexual abuse is defined as including sexual acts involving a student, acts that encourage the student to engage in prostitution, as well as inappropriate, intentional sexual behavior or sexual
harassment by the employee toward a student.  "Sexual harassment" is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual
nature when:

1.   Submission to the conduct is made either implicitly or explicitly a term or condition of the student's education or benefits;

2.   Submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as the basis for academic decisions affecting that student; or

3.   The conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with a student's academic performance by creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive education environment.

When sexual abuse is reported, the Level I investigator will make copies of the report and give a copy to the person filing the report, the students' parents and the immediate supervisor of
the employee named in the report.  The employee named in the report will not receive a copy of the report until the employee is initially interviewed.  The designated investigator will not
interview the school employee named in a report of sexual abuse until after a determination is made that jurisdiction exists, the alleged victim has been interviewed and a determination
made that the investigation will not be deferred.

The investigator will notify the parent, guardian or legal custodian of a student in prekindergarten through grade six, of the date and time of the interview and of the right to be present or to
see and hear the interview or send a representative in the parent's place.  The Level I investigator will interview the student as soon as possible, but in no case later than five days from the
receipt of a report or notice of the allegation of sexual abuse.  The Level I investigator may record the interview electronically.

The Level I investigator will exercise discretion in the investigative process to preserve the privacy interests of the individuals involved.  To the maximum extent possible, the investigator
will maintain the confidentiality of the report.

It is the responsibility of the Level I investigator to determine whether it is more likely than not that an incident took place between the employee and the student.  If the Level I
investigator believes the employee committed a sex act with a student or sexually exploited a student, the Level I investigator will defer the Level I investigation and immediately notify
law enforcement officials, the student's parents and the person filing the report.

If the Level I investigator determines an incident occurred, while not an illegal sex act with a student or sexual exploitation of a student, but where the employee engaged in inappropriate,
intentional sexual behavior, further investigation is warranted.  If further investigation is warranted, the Level I investigator may proceed to interview the employee and other individuals
who may have knowledge of the circumstances contained in the report.  Prior to interviewing other individuals who may have knowledge of the circumstance contained in the report, the
Level I investigator will provide notice of the impending interview of student witnesses or the student who is in prekindergarten through grade six, to their parent, guardian, or legal
custodian, and may provide notice to the parent or guardian of older students, prior to interviewing those students.  The Level I investigator shall, if founded, arrange for the Level II
investigator to further investigate the allegations.

Within fifteen days of receipt of the report or notice of alleged sexual abuse, the Level I investigator will complete a written investigative report unless the investigation was temporarily
deferred.  The written investigative report will include:

1.   The name, age, address and attendance center of the student named in the report.

2.   The name and address of the student's parent or guardian and the name and address of the person filing the report, if different from the student's parent or guardian.

3.   The name and work address of the school employee named in the report as allegedly responsible for the abuse of the student.

4.   An identification of the nature, extent and cause, if known, of any injuries or abuse to the student named in the report.

5.   A general review of the investigation.

6.   Any actions taken for the protection and safety of the student.

7.   A statement that, in the investigator's opinion, the allegations in the report are either:

                         Unfounded.  (It is not likely that an incident, as defined in these rules, took place), or

                         Founded.  (It is likely that an incident took place.)

      8.   The disposition or current status of the investigation.

      9.   A listing of the options available to the parents or guardian of the student to pursue the allegations.  These options include, but are not limited to:

                        Contacting law enforcement officials.

                        Contacting private counsel for the purpose of filing a civil suit or complaint.

                        Filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners if the school employee is certificated.

The investigator will retain the original and provide a copy of the investigative report to the school employee named in the report, the school employee's supervisor and the named student's
parent or guardian.  The person filing the report, if not the student's parent or guardian, is notified only that the Level I investigation has been concluded and of the disposition or
anticipated disposition of the case.

If the allegations are founded, the Level I investigation will refer the case to the Level II investigator.  The Level II investigator will review the Level I investigator's final investigative
report and conduct further investigation if necessary.  The Level II investigative report will state conclusively as to the occurrence of the alleged incident, conclusively as to the nature of
the sexual abuse and recommendations regarding the need for further investigation.  Upon completion of the Level II investigation, the Level I investigator will forward copies of the Level
II investigative report to the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and the student's parent.  The Level I investigator will notify the person filing the report of the current status of
the case.

If the Level II investigator's report or law enforcement officials conclude sexual abuse occurred, or the employee admits the violation, or the employee has surrendered the employee's
certificate or license, the Level I investigator will file a complaint on behalf of the district after obtaining the superintendent's signature with the State Board of Educational Examiners. 
The Level I investigator will also arrange for counseling services for the student if the student or student's parents request counseling services.

In cases involving founded physical or sexual abuse by a licensed employee, the board will notify the Board of Educational Examiners.  Information of unfounded abuse at Level I or Level
II will not be kept in the employee's personnel file.  If the Level I investigative report is founded but Level II is unfounded, then the Level I report is removed from the employee's
permanent file.  Notes, tapes memorandums and related materials compiled in the investigations must be kept for two years.

It is the responsibility of the board to annually identify a Level I and Level II investigator.  The board will also designate annually an alternate Level I investigator, preferably of the
opposite sex of the designated Level I investigator, to whom reports may also be made.  The names and telephone numbers of the Level I investigator and the alternate Level I investigator
is included in employee handbooks, student handbooks, annually published in the local newsletter, and prominently displayed in all school buildings.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:34

402.4 - Gifts To Employees

402.4 - Gifts To Employees

Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium
unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

              Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

              Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the
public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

              Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

              Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;

              Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written,
audio or visual format;

              Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so
related;

              An inheritance;

              Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;

              Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all
members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when
compared to the items received;

              Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the
meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;

              Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;

              Non-monetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

              Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or
educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships
and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;

              Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;

              Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and
is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee

              Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;

              Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or
other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of
Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and
officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;

              Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves
on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the
school district for attending the meeting; or

              Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The
costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal
or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official
functions" under this paragraph
.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of
the following:

              Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement
at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;

              A non-monetary gift or series of non-monetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general
services; or

              A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate
with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other
qualification.

It is the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

NOTE:  This policy is a reflection of the current Iowa law regarding gifts to school district employees.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (2007).
   
                                      1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
   
                                      1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross References:  217       Gifts to Board of Directors
   
                                      401.2    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                  704.4    Gifts-Grants-Bequests

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:30

402.5 - Public Complaints

402.5 - Public Complaints

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.  While
constructive criticism is welcomed, the board desires to support its employees and their actions to free them from unnecessary, spiteful, or negative criticism and complaints
that do not offer advice for improvement or change.

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is
brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

         (a)     Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.

         (b)     Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal for
licensed employees and the superintendent for classified employees.

         (c)     Unsettled matters regarding licensed employees from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.

         (d)     If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board.  To bring a concern regarding an employee, the individual may
notify the board president in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board, or the item may be placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled
board meeting in accordance with board policy 214.1.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only do so if they are in writing, signed, and
the complainant has complied with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
   
                                    213       Public Participation in Board Meetings
   
                                    307       Communication Channels

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:29

402.6 - Outside Employment

402.6 - Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers
an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the
school district precedence over any other employment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate
supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.2    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                    408.3    Licensed Employee Tutoring

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:28

403 - Employee Health and Well Being

403 - Employee Health and Well Being dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:57

403.1 - Employee Physical Examination

403.1 - Employee Physical Examination

Good health is important to job performance.  Employees will present evidence of good health, in the form of a physical examination report, prior to their employment with the
school district. 

School bus drivers will present evidence of good health every other year in the form of a physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion. 
Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the
expense of the school district.

The cost of the initial examination will be paid by the employee except for CDL physicals which will be reimbursed up to a maximum of $150.  The form indicating the
employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary.  The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by
the school district up to a maximum of $150.  The school district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee. 
Employees identified as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine or sign a written waiver stating that they
will not take the vaccine.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to write an exposure control plan to eliminate or minimize district occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens.  The plan for
designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and post
exposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.

The requirements stated in the master contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding physical examinations of such employees
are followed.

 

NOTE:  All school district employees, on initial hire, must present a form which states that employees are physically able to perform the employee's duties.  Bus drivers
must present the form at initial employment and every other year thereafter, unless required by law or medical opinion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2004).
                            
            Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321.376 (2007).
                            
            281 I.A.C. 12.4(14); 43.15 -.20.

Cross Reference:   403       Employees' Health and Well-Being

Approved     7-27-2009                                                    
Reviewed   6/16/2014                      
Revised    11-18-2013     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:16

403.2 - Injury On the Job

403.2 - Injury On the Job

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as
soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical
employees as quickly as possible.  The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.

It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence.  It is the responsibility of the employee's
immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file worker’s comp claims.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17 (2007).
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.

Cross Reference:  403       Employees' Health and Well-Being
   
                                    409.2    Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
   
                                    414.2    Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:15

403.3 - Communicable Diseases

403.3 - Communicable Diseases

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their
position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an
infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and
application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to
employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an
employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health
officials.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties.  Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with
a communicable disease.

 

NOTE:  This policy is consistent with current health practices regarding communicable diseases.  The bloodborne pathogen language in the second paragraph and
accompanying regulation is in compliance with federal law on control of bloodborne pathogens.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
   
                                    29 U.S.C. §§ 794, 1910 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 139; 141 (2007).
   
                                    641 I.A.C. 1.2-.7.

Cross Reference:  401.5    Employee Records
   
                                    403.1    Employee Physical Examinations
   
                                    507.3    Communicable Diseases - Students

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:09

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B

The Disease

Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but
approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop
chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its
complications.

 

The Vaccine

The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and
protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the
vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop
clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

 

Dosage and Administration

The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

 

Possible Vaccine Side Effects

The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the
site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with
more extensive use.

 

CONSENT FORM OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I have knowledge of Hepatitis B and the Hepatitis B vaccination.  I have had an opportunity to ask questions of a qualified nurse or physician and understand the benefits and
risks of Hepatitis B vaccination.  I understand that I must have three doses of the vaccine to obtain immunity.  However, as with all medical treatment, there is no guarantee that
I will become immune or that I will not experience side effects from the vaccine.  I give my consent to be vaccinated for Hepatitis B.

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Signature of Employee (consent for Hepatitis B vaccination)                                  Date

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                                Date

 

 

REFUSAL FORM OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring the Hepatitis B virus infection.  I have been
given the opportunity to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at no charge to myself.  However, I decline the Hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that by
declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious disease.  If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially
infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with the Hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Signature of Employee (refusal for Hepatitis B vaccination)                                   Date

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                               Date

 

I refuse because I believe I have (check one)

                  started the series                                              completed the series

 

 

RELEASE FORM FOR HEPATITIS B MEDICAL INFORMATION

I hereby authorize                                           (individual or organization holding Hepatitis B

records and address) to release to the                                Community School District, my Hepatitis

B vaccination records for required employee records.

I hereby authorize release of my Hepatitis B status to a health care provider, in the event of an exposure incident.

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                                                          Date

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                               Date

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECORD

 

Employee Name (last, first, middle)_______________________________________________

Social Security No. ________________________________________________

Job Title: _______________________________________________________

Hepatitis B Vaccination Date:  _____________________________________

Lot Number: ___________________________________________________

Site: __________________________________________________________

Administered by:           1. _______________________________________________

                                    2. _______________________________________________

                                    3.  _______________________________________________

 

Additional Hepatitis B status information:

 

Post-exposure incident: (Date, time, circumstances, route under which exposure occurred)

 

Identification and documentation of source individual:

 

Source blood testing consent:

 

Description of employee's duties as related to the exposure incident:

 

Copy of information provided to health care professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident:

 

Attach a copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, follow-up procedures, and health care professional's written opinion.

 

Training Record: (date, time, instructor, location of training summary)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:12

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students.  It is not currently possible to
identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual.  UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood. 
These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the
material.  However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.  The single most important step in preventing exposure to
and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations.  Based on the type of possible contact,
employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact.  Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal
of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control.  All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP
followed by the activation of the school response team plan.  Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

Hand Washing

Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection.  Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion
of the procedure and the hands are rewashed.  Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key.  Rinse well with running water and
dry hands with paper towels.

      Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.

      Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.

      If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.

      Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.

Barriers

Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices.  Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood
and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual.  Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW. 
Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

Disposal of Waste

Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure.  When the blood or OPIM is
liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is
required.  A band-aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated
waste.  It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.  Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in
special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste.  Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

Clean up

Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately.  The employee should:

            Wear gloves.

            Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.

            Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.

            Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.

            Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

Laundry

Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.  It should be bagged at the location.  If it has the potential of releasing the
substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed.  Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

Exposure

An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.

            Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.

            If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.

            If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:10

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous
chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the
information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is
distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are
present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of
the instructional program. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this program. 

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects current law on employees' right to know about hazardous substances in the workplace.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B (2007).
   
                                    347 I.A.C. 120.

Cross Reference:  403       Employees' Health and Well-Being
   
                                    804       Safety Program

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:08

403.6 - Substance Free Work Place

403.6 - Substance Free Work Place

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the
influence of, in the workplace, any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined
by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle, also includes nonschool property if the employee is at
any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school
district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within
five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee.  An employee who
violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a
substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:04

403.6E1 - Substance Free Work Place Notice

403.6E1 - Substance Free Work Place Notice

EMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use,
or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as
defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and
Iowa Code Chapter 204.

"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as an employee.  This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school
district vehicles.  Workplace also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as
field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their
supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

 

I,                                                    , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be
subject to discipline up to and including termination
[or I may be required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program].  If I fail to successfully participate in a
substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I understand that if I am required to participate in a substance
abuse treatment program and I refuse to participate, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug
offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.

 

_______________________________________________________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                    (Date)

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:07

403.6R1 - Substance Free Work Place Regulation

403.6R1 - Substance Free Work Place Regulation

A superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:

        1.       Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the
Substance-Free Workplace policy.  After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will
discuss the problem with the employee.

        2.       Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the
superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination.  Participation in a substance abuse treatment program is voluntary.

        3.       Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five
days of the conviction.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:06

403.7 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.7 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports
sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term
"employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.

The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing. 
Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol
testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may
be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the
school district contact person,
the superintendent at 2163 135th Street, New Sharon, IA 50207.

Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline up to and including termination. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the
requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

The superintendent will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The
superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment
resources and programs.

Information about resources for a substance-free awareness program and related services may be obtained from the school district's employee assistance program, the Department of
Education at (515) 281-3021 or Department of Health, Substance Abuse Division at (515) 281-3641.

 

Legal Reference:  American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration, 51 Fed. 3rd 405 (4th Cir. 1995).
   
                                    49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 (2004).
   
                                    41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (2004).
   
                                    49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391.81-123 (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2002).
   
                                    Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington, PERB  No. 3876 (3-26-91).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5 (2007).

Cross Reference:  403.6    Substance-Free Workplace
   
                                    409.2    Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
   
                                    414.2    Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved     7-27-2009                         
Reviewed   6/16/2014            
Revised__________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:58

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program
for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting
documents and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports
sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees"
also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.  The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program
beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing
requirements will contact the school district superintendent.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the
law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the
Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their
supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting
documents or the law.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:03

403.7E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement

403.7E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement

I,     _______________________________   , have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of the North Mahaska School District and its
supporting documents. 
                                

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use. 

In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.

Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by
the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function.  I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered
further for employment with the school district.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and
alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 

 

__________________________________________________               ________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                            (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 10:02

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:49

404.1 - Conduct and Appearance

404.1 - Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on
students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner
appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste. 
Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational
Examiners.

 

NOTE:  The Board of Educational Examiners' Criteria of Professional Practices are included as a regulation to this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    282 I.A.C. 13.

Cross Reference:  307       Administrator Code of Ethics
   
                                    401.1    Employee Orientation
   
                                    403.6    Harassment
   
                                    403.7    Substance-Free Workplace
   
                                    407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
   
                                    413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:49

404.1R1 - Code of Conduct

404.1R1 - Code of Conduct

chapter 25

282—25.1(272)  Scope of standards. 

This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272.  The adherence to
certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

 

282—25.2(272)  Definitions. 

Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal,
assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.

“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on an application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations
made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other school personnel, who provides educational assistance to students and who holds a license, certificate, or other authorization
issued by the board.

“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.

“Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade 12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision,
and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

 

282—25.3(272)  Standards of professional conduct and ethics. 

Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.  Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of
professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board.  In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and
unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

 

25.3(1)Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Fraud.  Fraud in the procurement or renewal of a practitioner’s license.

b.   Criminal convictions.  The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law or the laws of any other state or of the United States, provided that the
offense is relevant to or affects teaching or administrative performance.

(1)  Disqualifying criminal convictions.  The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July
1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was
deferred:

1.   Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code § 702.11:  child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;

2.   Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code Ch. 709, involving a child:

· First– , second– or third–degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;

· Lascivious acts with a child;

· Detention in a brothel;

· Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;

· Indecent contact with a child;

· Sexual exploitation by a counselor;

· Lascivious conduct with a minor; or

· Sexual exploitation by a school employee;

3.   Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code § 726.2;

4.   Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code § 728.2; or

5.   Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code § 728.15.

(2)  Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse.  In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other
criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)
“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall
consider:

1.   The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;

2.   The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;

3.   The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;

4.   The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;

5.   The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and

6.   Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.

c.   Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student.  Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual:  fondling
or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioner’s inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts;
or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code § 702.17.

d.   Sexual exploitation of a minor.  The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code § 728.12, Iowa Code Ch. 709 or 18 U.S.C. § 2252A(a)(5)(B).

e.   Student abuse.  Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom.  The following acts or behavior constitutes
unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:

(1)  Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;

(2)  Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;

(3)  Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;

(4)  Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;

(5)  Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized
drugs in the presence of the licensee; or

(6)  Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law.

 

25.3(2)Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Being on school premises or at a school–sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or
abusing legal drugs.

b.   Being on school premises or at a school–sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

 

25.3(3)Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit,
degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.

b.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.

c.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.

d.   Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 17.

e.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any
standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate
accommodations or modifications for such tests.

 

25.3(4)Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.

b.   Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.

c.   Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.

d.   Combining public or school–related funds with personal funds.

e.   Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

 

25.3(5)Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

a.   Violation of this standard includes:

(1)  Signing a written professional employment contract while under contract with another school, school district, or area education agency.

(2)  Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract.  An
administrator shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the practitioner has been released from the current contract.

(3)  Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.

(4)  As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally
qualified to perform.

(5)  As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

b.   In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioner’s control.  For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a
practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:

(1)  The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or

(2)  The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:

1.   The practitioner’s last work day of the school year;

2.   The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or

3.   June 30.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:52

404.1R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities

404.1R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities

chapter 26

282—26.1(272)  Purpose.  The code of professional conduct and ethics in 282—Chapter 25 defines unprofessional and unethical conduct justifying disciplinary sanction.  The board
acknowledges that the discharge of professional obligations should occur in recognition of certain fundamental rights and responsibilities.  Accordingly, the board recognizes the following
rights and responsibilities of all educators licensed under Iowa Code Ch. 272 and agrees that the exercise of these rights and responsibilities may present mitigating facts and
circumstances in the board’s evaluation of allegations of unprofessional or unethical conduct.

 

282—26.2(272)  Rights.  Educators licensed under Iowa Code Ch. 272 have the following rights:

1.   The educator has a right to be licensed and endorsed under professional standards established and enforced by the board.

2.   The educator has a right to refuse assignments for which the educator is not legally authorized, in terms of holding a valid Iowa license with the appropriate endorsement(s) or
approval(s).

3.   The educator has a right, subject to board and administrator authority, to exercise professional judgment in the evaluation, selection, and use of teaching methods and instructional
materials appropriate to the needs, abilities, and background of each student.

 

282—26.3(272)  Responsibilities.  Educators licensed under Iowa Code Ch. 272 have the following responsibilities:

1.   The educator has a responsibility to maintain and improve the educator’s professional competence.

2.   The educator has a responsibility to accept only those assignments for which the educator is legally authorized.

3.   The educator has a responsibility to provide conditions that are conducive to teaching and student learning.

4.   The educator shall protect students from conditions harmful to learning or to health or safety.

5.   The educator shall not, without just cause, restrain a student from independent action in the pursuit of learning and shall not, without just cause, deny a student access to varying
points of view.

6.   The educator shall not use professional relationships with students for personal advantage.

7.   The educator shall not discriminate against any student on the grounds of national or ethnic origin, religion, age, sex, disability, membership in a definable minority, or marital
status, nor grant any discriminatory consideration or advantage.

8.   The educator shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession.

9.   The educator shall keep in confidence personally identifiable information regarding a student or the student’s family members that has been obtained in the course of professional
service, unless disclosure is required by law or is necessary for the personal safety of the student or others.

10. The educator who has reasonable basis to believe that a student has been abused, as defined by law, shall make all reports required by law and the Iowa Administrative Code and
which are necessary to ensure the safety and well–being of the student.

11. In the administration of discipline, the educator shall treat all students with respect and in compliance with all policies of the school district served by the educator.

12. The educator shall provide accurate, truthful, and complete information to the board and to the local education system concerning all licensure transactions.

13. The educator shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry, when requested by the board.

14. The educator shall not require or direct another educator to violate any provisions of the code of professional conduct and ethics or any rights of a student, parent, educator or
citizen.

15. The educator shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.

 

These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code § 272.2(1)“a.”

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:51

405 - Licensed Employees General

405 - Licensed Employees General dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:39

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as
required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the
requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent. 
Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls, 187 Iowa 89, 174 N.W. 47    (1919).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272.6; 272A; 279.8; 294.1 (2007).
   
                                    282 I.A.C. 14.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4; 41.25.
   
                                    1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Cross Reference:  405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection
   
                                    410.1    Substitute Teachers
   
                                    411.1    Classified Employee Defined

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:48

405.2 - Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

405.2 - Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will
have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district without regard to age, race, creed, color, gender, national origin, marital status, sexual
orientation, gender identity, religion or disability.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

      Training, experience, and skill;

      Nature of the occupation;

            Demonstrated competence; and

      Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

Announcement of the position is in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Applications for employment may be
obtained from and completed applications are returned to the school district administrative office.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be
conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent except the superintendent may hire teachers without approval of the
board
.  However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken
by the board on the position.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding qualifications, recruitment and selections
of such employees is followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13; 294.1 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.
   
                                    282 I.A.C. 14.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  401.2    Equal Employment Opportunity
   
                                    405       Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    410.1    Substitute Teachers

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:47

405.3 - Individual Contracts

405.3 - Individual Contracts

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.  Each contract will be for a period of one year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by
the board president, are returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract is filed with the board
secretary.

 

NOTE:  By law, the board president must sign all employment contracts and must do so prior to the employee signing the contract.  Individual teaching contracts cannot
exceed one year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).
   
                                    Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
   
                                    Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    405.4    Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
   
                                    407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:46

405.4 - Continuing Contracts

405.4 - Continuing Contracts

Contracts entered into with licensed employees, other than an administrator, will continue from year to year unless the contract states otherwise, is modified by mutual
agreement between the board and the employee, or the contract is terminated by the board.

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the three-year probationary period in
an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one-year probationary period.  In
the event of termination of the employee's contract during this period, the board will afford the licensed employee appropriate due process.  The action of the board will be final.

Licensed employees whose contracts will be recommended for termination by the board will receive notice prior to April 30.  The superintendent will make a recommendation
to the board for the termination of the licensed employee's contract.

Licensed employees who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire must comply with board policies in those areas.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ar-We-Va Community School District v. Long and Henkenius, 292 N.W.2d 402 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Bruton v. Ames Community School District, 291 N.W.2d 351 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Hartman v. Merged Area VI Community College, 270 N.W.2d 822 (Iowa 1978).
   
                                    Keith v. Community School District of Wilton in the Counties of Cedar and Muscatine, 262 N.W.2d 249 (Iowa 1978).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 272; 279.12-.19B, .27; 294.1 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.3    Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
   
                                    405.9    Licensed Employee Probationary Status
   
                                    407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:45

405.5 - Work Day

405.5 - Work Day

The work day for licensed employees will begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent.  Licensed employees who are employed only during
the academic year will have the same work day as other licensed employees.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the
principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.

The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program.  These changes are reported to the superintendent.

The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding work day of such employees will be
followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:44

405.6 - Assignment

405.6 - Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider
the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be
followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:43

405.7 - Transfers

405.7 - Transfers

Determining the location where an employee's assignment will be carried out is the responsibility and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the
board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal, or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the transfer of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding transfers of employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 216.14; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    405.6    Licensed Employee Assignment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:42

405.8 - Evaluation

405.8 - Evaluation

Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators. 
The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain
licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify
the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to
discuss the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the
licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding evaluation of such employees will be
followed.

 

NOTE:  There is no legal requirement that probationary employees be evaluated twice a year, but it is the standard practice.  School districts that evaluate probationary
employees only once per year need to amend the fourth paragraph to reflect their practice.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
   
                                    Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14, .19, .27 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    405.9    Licensed Employee Probationary Status

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:40

405.9 - Probation

405.9 - Probation

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa
school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one year probationary period.  For
purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most
recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher
for a continuing contract.  

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed
employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this
probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.

Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance.  Such probationary period is determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the
circumstances surrounding the employee's performance as documented in the employee's evaluations and personnel file.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.12-.19B (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.4    Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
   
                                    405.8     Licensed Employee Evaluation

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:39

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:33

406.1 - Salary Schedule

406.1 - Salary Schedule

The board will establish salary schedules for licensed employees' positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the
licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the salary schedule.  The salary schedule is subject to review and
modification through the collective bargaining process.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding wages and salaries of such employees
will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405        Licensed Employees - General
   
                                   406.2     Licensed Employee Salary Schedule Advancement

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:38

406.2 - Advancement

406.2 - Advancement

The board will determine which licensed employees will advance on the salary schedule for the licensed employees' positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the
school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of licensed employees on the salary schedule.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding salary schedule advancement of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405       Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406       Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:37

406.3 - Educational Credit

406.3 - Educational Credit

Continued education on the part of licensed employees may entitle them to advancement on the salary schedule.  Licensed employees who have completed additional hours
will be considered for advancement on the salary schedule.  The board will determine which licensed employees will advance on the salary schedule for continued education
keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and any
other items deemed relevant by the board.

Licensed employees who wish to obtain additional education for advancement on the salary schedule must notify their supervisor by March 1 of the school year preceding the
actual year when advancement occurs.  This additional education must be in the same area as the education that was required of the employee to hold the employee's current
position with the school district.  For purposes of illustration only, a math teacher would advance on the salary schedule only if the additional education was in math courses. 
The superintendent has the discretion to approve credit outside the employee's area of endorsement or responsibility.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of a licensed employee on the salary schedule.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between licensed employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding continued education credit of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405     Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406     Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:36

406.4 - Extra Duty

406.4 - Extra Duty

A licensed employee may volunteer or be required to take on extra duty, with the extra duty being secondary to the major responsibility of the licensed employee.  The board
will establish a salary schedule for extra duty licensed employee positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the
licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

Vacant extra duty positions, for which extra compensation will be earned, will be posted to allow qualified licensed employees to volunteer for the extra duty.  If no licensed
employee volunteers for extra duty, the superintendent will assign the extra duty positions to qualified licensed employees.  The licensed employee will receive compensation
for the extra duty required to be performed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to which licensed employees will have the extra duty, and the salary schedule
for extra duty, for the board's review.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the compensation for extra duties of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8, .13-.15, .19A-B (2007).

Cross Reference:  405       Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406       Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:35

406.5 - Insurance

406.5 - Insurance

Licensed employees are eligible for group insurance and health benefits.  The board, in agreement with the teacher's association, will select the group insurance program and
the insurance company which will provide the program.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the group insurance benefits of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12, .27; 509; 509A; 509B (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.1    Licensed Employee Defined

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:34

406.6 - Tax Shelter

406.6 - Tax Shelter

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for licensed employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a vendor included in the state
consortium.

Licensed employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the board secretary and register with the provider in the state
plan.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the tax sheltered annuities of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2007).
   
                                    1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
   
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
   
                                    1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706       Payroll Procedures

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 09:33

407 - Licensed Employee Termination

407 - Licensed Employee Termination dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:18

407.1 - Resignation

407.1 - Resignation

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract (21 days from date of
issue).  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted
by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has
made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.3    Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
   
                                    405.4    Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
   
                                    407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:30

407.2 - Contract Release

407.2 - Contract Release

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released
at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to
determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it
expires may be required to pay $3,000 to the board district for the cost of liquidated damages incurred (extra work of staff, advertising, etc. ) to locate and hire a suitable
replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a
condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small
claims court.

The superintendent is authorized to file a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board. 

 

NOTE:  School districts may charge employees for costs incurred in finding a replacement.  Employees can only be charged costs, not "penalties."  The costs cannot be
withheld from money owed the employee unless the employee agrees.  If costs are not withheld from moneys owed to the employee, the school district must bill the
employee.  If the employee fails to pay, the school district's only option for reimbursement is to file a claim in small claims court.  The school district also has the option of
filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners stating the employee has engaged in unprofessional conduct.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46 (2007).
   
                                    1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
   
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
   
                                    405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
   
                                    407.3  Licensed Employee Retirement

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:29

407.3 - Retirement

407.3 - Retirement

Licensed employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the
employee's contract to the board, the intent of the employee to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the
principal or the superintendent.  Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board may be considered by the board if
special circumstances exist.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement is final and such action constitutes nonrenewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.

Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents are allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at their own expense by meeting
the requirements of the insurer.

 

NOTE:  Mandatory retirement ages are a violation of federal law.  The witnessing of the retiring employee's letter is to protect the school district in the event an employee alleges that the school district forced the employee to retire.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46 (2007).
                                       
581 I.A.C. 21.
                                       
1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
                                       
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  401.14  Recognition for Service of Employees
                                        
407.6    Licensed Employee Early Retirement

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:27

407.4 - Suspension

407.4 - Suspension

Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee
pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to
suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
   
                                    McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2007).

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance
   
                                    407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:26

407.5 - Reduction in Force

407.5 - Reduction in Force

The board has the exclusive authority to determine the appropriate number of licensed employees.  A reduction of licensed employees may occur as a result of, but not be
limited to, changes in the education program, staff realignment, changes in the size or nature of the student population, financial situation considerations, and other reasons
deemed relevant by the board.

The reduction in licensed employees, other than administrators, will be done through normal attrition if possible.  If normal attrition does not meet the necessary reduction in
force required, the board may terminate licensed employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent shall follow the requirements state in the Master
Contract between employees in that certified bargaining unit and the board regarding the reduction in force of such employees.

Due process for terminations due to a reduction in force will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2007).

Cross Reference:  407.5    Licensed Employee Suspension
   
                                    413.6    Classified Employee Reduction in Force
   
                                    703       Budget

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:25

407.6 - Early Retirement

407.6 - Early Retirement

The school district offers an early retirement plan for full-time licensed employees.  Full-time licensed employees are licensed employees who work 40 hours per week for 190
work days per year and who are currently performing their assigned duties within the school district.  A licensed employee is eligible under the early retirement plan when the
licensed employee:

            Has reached or will reach at least the age of 55 at the actual date of retirement;

            Completes a total of 20 years of service as a full-time licensed employee to the school district;

            Submits an application to the superintendent for participation in the plan not later than January 15 of the year in which the licensed employee wishes to retire.

                            Applications submitted after January 15 may be considered at the discretion of the board depending on the circumstances for the late application;

            Submits a written resignation.  The resignation may be contingent upon approval by the board of participation in the voluntary early retirement plan; and,

            Receives board approval of the licensed employee's application for participation in the early retirement plan, of the licensed employee's resignation and of the
disbursement 
of early retirement incentive to the licensed employee.

            Has not received a notice concerning termination of the employee contract, unless the notice is based upon reasons which are related to staff reduction.

            Has not previously received early retirement benefits from the District.

Approval by the board of the licensed employee's early retirement application shall constitute a voluntary resignation. 

Approval by the board of the licensed employee's early retirement application will also make the licensed employee eligible for disbursement of the early retirement incentive
the sooner of July 1 following the licensed employee's approval for early retirement or a date mutually agreed upon by the school district and the licensed employee. 

Failure of the board to approve the licensed employee's early retirement application will make the licensed employee's current contract with the board continue in full force and
effect.

Early retirement benefits are offered as an inducement to, and consequence of, retirement and are not to be construed as a continuation of salary.

The Board reserves the right to amend or revoke this Early Retirement Policy or any provisions of this policy at any time, with or without notice.

The Board reserves the right to waive any requirement or condition of this policy at its discretion and at any time.  Any decision by the Board to waive a requirement or
condition which is a part of this policy shall not establish any precedent with regard to future requests for a waiver.

 

Board's Right To Limit or Deny Benefits

The board reserves the right to determine whether any early retirement benefits will be paid in a given year, and, if so, to determine how many employees will be granted
benefits.  The Board expressly reserves the right to reject any application for early retirement benefits.

If the Board decides that only a limited number of employees will be granted early retirement benefits in a given year, the Board will then determine the maximum number of
employees who may receive benefit.  Recipients will be selected on a seniority basis.  If there is a tie between or among employees using the seniority rule, the tie will be
broken by a random process.  Seniority is defined in terms of the number of years served in the district.

 

Health Reimbursement Arrangement

The early retirement incentive for each eligible licensed employee approved by the board will be a lump sum amount of $20,000 and an additional amount based on $50 per day, up to
90 days, of unused sick leave at the time of retirement - the total amount to be paid into a health reimbursement arrangement administered by a firm of the school district's choosing. 
Should the employee have at least 90 days of unused sick leave at the end of the retirement year, an additional $500 will be added to make a total of $25,000.  
Early Retirement
benefits will be paid to the health reimbursement arrangement in three installments on the first of September each year for three consecutive years starting with the employee's year of
retirement.  Payments will be made as follows:

        Year 1          $10,000

        Year 2          $10,000         

        Year 3          The balance remaining as determined by unused sick leave.

 

Continuation of Insurance Benefits

Employees retiring under the early retirement program are eligible to continue participation in the School District's group insurance plan until Medicare eligible at the
employee's own expense.  Employee must meet the requirements of the insurer and must pay the monthly premium amount in full to the board secretary prior to the due date
for the School District's premium payment to the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq. (2004).
   
                                     Senate File 2366, 77th General Assembly, 2nd Reg. Sess. (1998).
   
                                     Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46; 509A.13 (2007).
        
                                581 I.A.C. 21.
   
                                     1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
   
                                     1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  401.14     Recognition for Service of Employees
   
                                     407.3       Licensed Employee Retirement

Approved    2-15-2010                                                              
Reviewed   6/16/2014           
Revised     5-17-2010     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:18

407.6E1 - Early Retirement Acknowledgement of Receipt

407.6E1 - Early Retirement Acknowledgement of Receipt

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges receipt of the early retirement plan documents stated below, for the licensed employee's consideration:

            early retirement policy (plan description); and

            early retirement application.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the school district recommends the licensed employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s personal accountant
regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

 

 

Licensed Employee _______________________________________  Date_________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:24

407.6E2 - Early Retirement Insurance Options

407.6E2 - Early Retirement Insurance Options

Board policy 407.6, Licensed Employee Early Retirement, allows the employee to continue to participate in the school district's group health insurance plan until Medicare
eligible by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

The licensed employee is responsible for the cost of the health insurance premium. The licensed employee must pay the employee’s share of the premium by paying the monthly
premium amount in full to the board secretary prior to the due date of the school district's premium payment to the insurance carrier.

The undersigned licensed employee                        (does, does not) wish to continue to participate in the school district's group health insurance plan.

 

 

Licensed Employee _____________________________________ Date ___________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:23

407.6E3 - Early Retirement Application

407.6E3 - Early Retirement Application

The undersigned licensed employee is applying for early retirement pursuant to board policy 407.6, Licensed Employee Early Retirement.  Deadline for submission:  January
15 of the year in which the licensed employee wishes to retire.  Please complete the following information:

______________________________________________________
(Full Legal Name of Licensed Employee)

______________________________     __________________________________
(Social Security Number)                                  (Current Job Title)

________________          ____________________
(Date of Birth)                 (Years of Full-Time Service at North Mahaska
                                                - not required to be consecutive years)

Please specify the date desired for payments of the early retirement benefit and the reason for the date if a date other than September 1 of each year beginning with the year in
which the undersigned licensed employee retires is desired.

                                                                              ______________________
                                                                              (Date)                                            

Reason for date other than September 1

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

 

Payment Schedule:

            Year 1:             $10,000 HRA   

            Year 2:             $10,000 HRA   

            Year 3:             Balance HRA

Please attach a letter of resignation effective the date which the undersigned licensed employee intends to retire.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the school district recommends that the licensed employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s own personal accountant
regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

 

 

Licensed Employee Signature __________________________________ Date_______________

 

Board Secretary Signature: ____________________________________ Date_______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:21

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:15

408.1 - Professional Development

408.1 - Professional Development

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board will maintain
and support an in-service program for licensed employees.

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, is made to the superintendent. 
Approval of the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the
licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the
superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program
and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent.  Requests that involve
unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding professional development of such
employees will be followed.

 

NOTE:  The educational standards require school districts to have and utilize staff development plans.  School districts are also required to annually budget specifically for
staff development.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  405.10  Licensed Employee Organization Affiliation
   
                                    414.10  Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:16

408.2 - Created Materials

408.2 - Created Materials

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or
such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning
such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.3    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                    606.6    Student Production of Materials and Services

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:16

408.3 - Employee Tutoring

408.3 - Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional
cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless
approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.3    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                    402.7    Employee Outside Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:15

409 - Licensed Employees Vacation and Leaves of Absence

409 - Licensed Employees Vacation and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:45

409.1 - Vacation Holiday Leave

409.1 - Vacation Holiday Leave

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the vacations, holidays and personal
leave of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2007).

Cross Reference:  414.1    Classified Employee Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave
   
                                    601.1    School Calendar

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:13

409.2 - Illness Leave

409.2 - Illness Leave

Licensed employees will be granted fifteen days of sick leave in their first year of employment.  Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the
licensed employees up to a maximum of twenty days.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  A new employee will
report for work at least one full work day prior to receiving sick leave benefits.  A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each
fiscal year.

Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 90 days plus 20 days for the current year for licensed employees.

Should the personal illness occur after or extend beyond the sick leave accumulated allowance, the employee may apply for disability benefits under the group insurance plan. 
If the employee does not qualify for disability benefits, the employee may request a leave of absence without pay.

Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee when the administration has a concern about the employee's health.  Evidence may also be
required to confirm the employee's illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the
employee's position.  It is within the discretion of the board or the superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary.  When an illness leave will be
greater than three consecutive days, the employee will comply with the board policy regarding family and medical leave.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the personal illness leave of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
   
                                    26 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2004)
   
                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Cross Reference:  403.2    Employee Injury on the Job
   
                                    409.3    Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
   
                                    409.9    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:12

409.3 - Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)

409.3 - Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined
as 365 days.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative
rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is
the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy. 

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding family and medical leave of such
employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
   
                                    26 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2004)
   
                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Cross Reference:  409.2    Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
   
                                    409.9    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
   
                                    414.3    Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:49

409.3E1 - FMLA Notice To Employees

409.3E1 - FMLA Notice To Employees

FMLA requires covered employers to provide up to 12 weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave to "eligible" employees for certain family and medical reasons. Employees are eligible if they
have worked for a covered employer for at least one
year, and for 1,250 hours over the previous 12 months, and if there are at least 50 employees within 75 miles.  The FMLA permits
employees to take leave on an intermittent basis or to work a reduced schedule under certain circumstances.

Unpaid leave must be granted for any of the following reasons:

            to care for the employee's child after birth, or placement for adoption or foster care;

            to care for the employee's spouse, son or daughter, or parent, who has a serious health condition; or

            for a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the employee's job.

At the employee's or employer's option, certain kinds of paid leave may be substituted for unpaid leave.

The employee may be required to provide advance leave notice and medical certification.  Taking of leave may be denied, if requirements are not met.  The employee ordinarily must provide
30 days advance notice when the leave is "foreseeable."  An employer may require medical certification to support a request for leave because of a serious health condition, and may require
second or third opinions (at the employer's expense) and fitness for duty report to return to work.

For the duration of FMLA leave, the employer must maintain the employee's health coverage under any "group health plan."  Upon return from FMLA leave, most employees must be restored
to their original or 
equivalent positions with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms.  The use of FMLA leave cannot result in the loss of any employment benefit that
accrued prior to the start of an employee's leave.

FMLA makes it unlawful for any employer to:

      interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of any right provided under FMLA:

      discharge or discriminate against any person for opposing any practice made unlawful by FMLA or for involvement in any proceeding under or relating to FMLA.

The U.S. Department of Labor is authorized to investigate and resolve complaints of violations.

An eligible employee may bring a civil action against an employer for violations.

FMLA does not affect any Federal or State law prohibiting discrimination, or supersede any State or local law or collective bargaining agreement which provides greater family or medical leave rights.

If you have access to the Internet visit FLMA’s website:  http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/flma.  Or contact the nearest office of Wage and Hour Division, listed in most telephone directories
under U.S. Government, Department of Labor.  For a listing of records that must be kept by employers to comply with FMLA visit the U.S. Dept. of Labor’s website:
http://www.dol.gov/dol/allcfr/ESA/Title_29/Part_825/29CFR825.500.htm

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:10

409.3E2 - FMLA Request Form

409.3E2 - FMLA Request Form

Date:                                 

 

I,                                               , request family and medical leave for the following reason:  (check all that apply)

                            for the birth of my child;

                            for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

                            to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or

                            because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

 

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15
days of the request for certification. 

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

 

I request that my family and medical leave begin on                                      and I request leave as follows:

(check one)

                            continuous     I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on                 .

                            intermittent leave for the:

                                             birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district

                                             serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary

 

         Details of the needed intermittent leave:

                           I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

                             reduced work schedule for the:

                                           birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the school district

                                           serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary

Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

                        I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

 

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with foreseeable
intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district
operations.

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the
leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-
sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution. 

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments
of my contributions in court. 

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

 

 

Signed_____________________________________________________       Date________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:08

409.3E3 - FMLA Certification Form

409.3E3 - FMLA Certification Form

1.Employee's Name_____________________________________________________________

 

2.Patient's Name (if different from employee)_________________________________________

 

3.     The attached sheet describes what is meant by a "serious health condition" under the Family and Medical Leave Act.  Does the patient's condition, for which the employee is
taking FMLA leave, qualify under any of the categories described?  If so, please check the applicable category.

            (1)                  (2)                     (3)                     (4)                     (5)                         (6)          

            or                         None of the above

 

4.     Describe the medical facts which support your certification, including a brief statement as to how the medical facts meet the criteria of one of these categories:

 

5.     a.   State the approximate date the condition commenced, and the probable duration of the condition (and also the probable duration of the patient's present incapacity, i.e.
              inability to work, attend 
school or perform other regular activities due to the serious health condition, treatment therefore, or recovery therefrom, if different):

        b.   Will it be necessary for the employee to take work only intermittently or to work on a less than full schedule as a result of the condition (including for treatment described in
Item 6 below)?

 

              If yes, give the probable duration:

 

        c.   If the condition is a chronic condition (condition #4) or pregnancy, state whether the patient is presently incapacitated and the likely duration and frequency of episodes of
incapacity:

 

6.     a.   If additional treatments will be required for the condition, provide an estimate of the probable number of such treatments:

If the patient will be absent from work or other daily activities because of treatment on an intermittent or part-time basis, also provide an estimate of the probable number of
and interval between such treatments, actual or estimated dates of treatment if known, and period required for recovery if any:

 

        b.     If any of these treatments will be provided by another provider of health services (e.g., physical therapist), please state the nature of the treatments:

 

        c.     If a regimen of continuing treatment by the patient is required under your supervision, provide a general description of such regimen (e.g. prescription drugs, physical
therapy requiring special equipment):

 

7.     a.     If medical leave is required for the employee's absence from work because of the employee's own condition (including absences due to pregnancy or a chronic condition), is
the employee unable to perform work of any kind?

 

        b.     If able to perform some work, is the employee unable to perform any one or more of the essential functions of the employee's job (the employee or the employer should
supply you with information about the essential job functions)?

                If yes, please list the essential functions the employee is unable to perform.

 

        c.     If neither a. nor b. applies, is it necessary for the employee to be absent from work for treatment?

 

8.     a.     If leave is required to care for a family member of the employee with a serious health condition, does the patient require assistance for basic medical or personal needs or
safety, or for transportation?

 

        b.     If no, would the employee's presence to provide psychological comfort be beneficial to the patient or assist in the patient's recovery?

 

        c.     If the patient will need care only intermittently or on a part-time basis, please indicate the probable duration of this need:

 

(Signature of Health Care Provider)_______________________________________________

 

(Type of Practice)____________________________________________________________

 

(Address)___________________________________________________________________

 

(Telephone Number)__________________________________________________________

 

To be completed by the employee needing family leave to care for a family member.

 

State the care you will provide and an estimate of the period during which care will be provided, including a schedule if leave is to be taken intermittently or if it will be necessary for you to work less than a full schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____________________________________________________________ _______________

(Employee Signature)                                                                                                    (Date)

 

 

A serious health condition means an illness, injury impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves one of the following:

1.     Hospital Care - In patient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility, including any period of incapacity or subsequent treatment in
connection with or consequent to such inpatient care.

2.     Absence Plus Treatment - A period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days (including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same
condition), that also involves:

        a.     treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider or by a provider of health care
services (e.g. physical therapist) under the orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

        b.     treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

3.     Pregnancy - Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

4.     Chronic Conditions Requiring Treatments - A chronic condition which:

        a.     requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider, or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

        b.     continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and

        c.     may cause episodic rather than a period of incapacity (e.g. asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

5.     Permanent/Long-term Conditions Requiring Supervision - A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. 
The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by a health care provider.  Examples include
Alzheimer's, a severe stroke, or the terminal stages of a disease.

6.     Multiple Treatments (Non-chronic Conditions) - Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery therefrom) by a health care provider or
by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that
would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment such as cancer (chemotherapy,
radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy) and kidney disease (dialysis).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:05

409.3R1 - FMLA Regulation

409.3R1 - FMLA Regulation

A.      School district notice.

          1.   The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 409.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.

          2.   Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided
annually.  The information will be in the
employee handbook.

          3.   When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements. 
Such information will include:

                a.   a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement;

                b.   a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so;

                c.   an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

                d.   a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.

 

B.       Eligible employees.

                Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if three criteria are met.

                1.   The school district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested;

                2.   The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and

                3.    The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be
presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

C.     Employee requesting leave -- two types of leave.

        1.     Foreseeable family and medical leave

                a.     Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.

                b.     Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received.

                c.     Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district.  The scheduling is
subject to the approval of the health care provider.

        2.     Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

                a.     Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

                b.     Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

                c.     A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

 

D.    Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a
statement of family relationship.

        1.     Four purposes.

                a.     The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth;

                b.     The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first
                        anniversary 
of the child's placement;

                c.     To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

                d.     Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's position.

        2.     Medical certification. 

                When required:

                        (1)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job.

                        (2)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to
take leave to care for the family member.

                a.             Employee's medical certification responsibilities:

                        (1)    The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition.

                        (2)    The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school
district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school
district on a regular basis.

                        (3)    If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the
serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district. 
This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.

                b.     Medical certification will be required fifteen days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school district may request
recertification every thirty days.  Recertification must be submitted within fifteen days of the school district's request.

c.     Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not
supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

 

E.     Entitlement.

        1.     Employees are entitled to twelve weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year. 

        2.     Year is defined as:

                        Rolling:

                                measured forward from the first day leave is used

        3.     If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:

                a.     Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted

                b.     Award leave available

 

F.     Type of Leave Requested.

        1.     Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.

        2.     Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

                a.     Intermittent leave is available for:

                        (1)    Birth, adoption or foster care placement of child only with the school district's agreement.

                        (2)    Serious health condition of the employee, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary without the school district's agreement.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.  (For
instructional employees, see G below.)

        3.     Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.

                a.     Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

                        (1)    Birth, adoption or foster care placement and subject to the school district's agreement.

                        (2)    Serious health condition of the employee, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary without the school district's agreement.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. 
(For instructional employees, see G below.)

 

G.    Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

        1.     Definition - an  instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting.  This includes, but
is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver's education instructors and special education assistants.

        2.     Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent of the
work days in the leave period may be required to:

                a.     Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or

                b.     Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.

        3.     Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the
end of the semester.  The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester do not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.

                a.     If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require
that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of
the semester if the leave was not continued.

                b.     If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the
school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work
during the last two weeks of the semester.

                d.      If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the
                
        semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the
                         semester.

        4.     The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the school district's family and
medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee's health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee's family
and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

 

H.    Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

        1.     Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the
benefits.

        2.     The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district at a time set by the
superintendent.

        3.     An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is
not received within an additional 15 days.

        4.     An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every
thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request. 

        5.     The employee must notify the school district of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the
conclusion of the family and medical leave.

        6.     If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return.  The school district
will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

I.   Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.

An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave with appropriate paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual contracts or the collective
bargaining agreement.  Paid leave includes, but is not limited to, sick leave, family illness leave, vacation, personal leave, bereavement leave and professional leave.  When the
school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within two business days that the paid leave will be

counted as FMLA leave.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 15:00

409.3R2 - FMLA Definitions

409.3R2 - FMLA Definitions

Common law marriage-according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a
public declaration that the parties are husband and wife.  There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.

Continuing treatment-a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:

        A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from)
of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:

                -- treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of
health care services (
e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or

                -- treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of a the health care provider.

        Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

        Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:

                -- requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

                -- Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and

                -- May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

        Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the
continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a
disease.

        Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or
on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more
than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy),
kidney disease (dialysis).

Eligible Employee-the district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested.  The employee has worked for the district for at least twelve months and
has worked at least 1250 hours within the previous year.

Essential Functions of the Job-those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job.  It does not include marginal functions.

Employment benefits-all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual
leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an "employee benefit plan."

Family Member-individuals who meet the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.

Group health plan-any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer's employees, former
employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.

Health care provider-

        A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or

        Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as
demonstrated by X ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and

        Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as
defined under state law; and

        Christian Science practitioners listed with the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;

        Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan's benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate
a claim for benefits;

        A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that
country.

In loco parentis-individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an
employee when the employee was a child.

Incapable of self-care-that the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the "activities of daily living" or "ADLs."  Activities of daily
living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one's grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation,
paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.

Instructional employee-an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in
a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for the hearing impaired.  The term
does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists,
curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily noninstructional employees.

Intermittent leave-leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour
or more to several weeks.

Medically Necessary-certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition.

"Needed to Care For"-the medical certification that an employee is "needed to care for" a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care.  For example, where,
because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment.  It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for
changes in care.

Parent-a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child.  Parent does not include
parent-in-law.

Physical or mental disability-a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.

Reduced leave schedule-a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.

Serious health condition

        An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:

        Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean
inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in
connection with such inpatient care; or

                 --     Continuing treatment by a health care provider.  A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:

---     A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery
from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:

                        --      Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health
care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

                        --      Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

        --      Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

        --      Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:

                --      Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

                --      Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and

                --      May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

        --      A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the
continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a
disease.

        --      Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders
of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity
of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical
therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

        Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition.  Treatment
does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations.  Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a
course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen).  A regimen of continuing
treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that
can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.

        Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not "serious health conditions" unless inpatient hospital care
is required or unless complications develop.  Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine,
routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for
FMLA leave.  Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this
regulation are met.  Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.

        Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met.  However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a
health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider.  On the other hand, absence because of the employee's use of the substance, rather than
for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.

        Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a
health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days.  For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work
due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee's health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level.  An
employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.

Son or daughter-a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis.  The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18,
incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.

Spouse-a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:51

409.4 - Bereavement Leave

409.4 - Bereavement Leave

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the bereavement leave of such
employees shall be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  409       Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:49

409.5 - Political Leave

409.5 - Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to licensed employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent will grant a licensed employee a leave of absence to
campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The licensed employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence within thirty days of a contested primary,
special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent of schools at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

NOTE:  Iowa law gives employees a right to political leave to run for public office.  This policy reflects the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 55 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.15  Employee Political Activity
   
                                    409       Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:48

409.6 - Jury Duty Leave

409.6 - Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow licensed employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist.  The superintendent has the discretion to determine when
extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay
must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular
working hours. 

Licensed employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty will be paid to the school district.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding jury duty leave of such employees
shall be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2007).

Cross Reference:  409       Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _             
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:47

409.7 - Military Leave

409.7 - Military Leave

The board recognizes licensed employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a licensed employee is called on to serve in the
armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2007).

Cross Reference:  409       Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:46

409.8 - Unpaid Leave

409.8 - Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies of the board.  Unpaid leave for licensed employees must be authorized
by the superintendent.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of
the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, length of service, previous record of absence, the financial condition of the school district,
the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant to making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period will be coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible to minimize the disruption
of the education program and school district operations.

Whenever possible, licensed employees will make a written request for unpaid leave 30 days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the leave is granted, the
deductions in salary are made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the unpaid leave of such employees
will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 85A; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B (2007).

Cross Reference:  409       Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:45

410 - Other Licensed Employees

410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:42

410.1 - Substitutes

410.1 - Substitutes

The board recognizes the need for substitute teachers.  Substitute teachers shall be licensed to teach in Iowa.

It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to maintain a list of substitute teachers who may be called upon to replace regular contract licensed employees. 
Individuals whose names do not appear on this list will not be employed as a substitute without specific approval of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of
the building principal to fill absences with substitute teachers immediately.

Substitute teachers will be paid a per diem rate.  Substitutes employed for 10 or more consecutive days in the same position shall be paid according to the prevailing salary
schedule base pay.  Substitute licensed employees are expected to perform the same duties as the licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB, 400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  405.1    Licensed Employee Defined
   
                                    405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:44

410.2 - Summer School

410.2 - Summer School

It is within the discretion of the board to offer an education program during the summer recess.  Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the
summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining
the employee's compensation for the year.

Should the board determine a summer education program is necessary, licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available.  If the
board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position.  The
board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14 (2007).

Cross Reference:  603.2    Summer School Instruction

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:43

410.3 - Education Associate (Aide)

410.3 - Education Associate (Aide)

The board may employ education associates (aides) or other instructional support personnel to assist licensed personnel in non-teaching duties, including, but not limited to:

            managing and maintaining records, materials and equipment;

            attending to the physical needs of children; and

            performing other limited services to support teaching duties when such duties are determined and directed by the teacher.

Education associates who hold a teaching certificate or para-educator certificate are compensated at the rate of pay established for their position as an education aide.  It is the
responsibility of the principal to supervise education associates.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(9); .5(9).

Cross Reference:  411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:42

411 - Classified Employees General

411 - Classified Employees General dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:05

411.1 - Classified Definition

411.1 - Classified Definition

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require an Iowa Department of Education teaching license and who are
employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, teacher and classroom
associates (aides), custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance. 
The position may be full-time or part-time.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  405.1    Licensed Employee Defined
   
                                    411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    412.3    Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:41

411.2 - Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

411.2 - Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district without regard to
age, race, creed, color, gender, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion or disability.  Job applicants for classified employee positions
will be considered on the basis of the following:

      Training, experience, and skill;

      Nature of the occupation;

      Demonstrated competence; and

      Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.

Announcement of the position will be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Applications for employment may be
obtained from and completed applications will be returned to the central administration office.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted
by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

The superintendent will recommend employment of classified employees to the board for approval.

The superintendent has the authority to hire, without board approval, temporary and substitute bus drivers, custodians, education associates, maintenance staff, clerical personnel, and food service workers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2004)
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.2    Equal Employment Opportunity
   
                                    411       Classified Employees - General

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                         
Revised                      
      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:39

411.3 - Classified Letters of Assignment

411.3 - Classified Letters of Assignment

The board may enter into written letters of assignment with classified employees employed on a regular basis.  The letter of assignment will state the terms of employment.
 

Each contract will include a 30-day cancellation clause.  Either the employee or the board must give notice of the intent to cancel the letter of assignment at the end of 30 days. 
This notice will not be required when the employee is terminated during a probationary period or for cause.

Classified employees will receive a job description stating the specific performance responsibilities of their position.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to draw up and process the classified employee letters of assignment and present them to the board for approval.  The letters of
assignment, after being signed by the board president, are filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2007).

Cross Reference:  411       Classified Employees - General
   
                                    412.1    Classified Employee Compensation
   
                                    412.2    Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation
   
                                    413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:37

411.4 - Licensing / Cerification

411.4 - Licensing / Cerification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current at their own expense.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be
considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law and by the Iowa Department of Education for the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 272.6; 285.5(9) (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.12-.24.

Cross Reference:  411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:37

411.5 - Assignment

411.5 - Assignment

Determining the assignment of each classified employee is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments
each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign classified employees and report such assignments to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.3    Powers of the Board of Directors
   
                                    411.6    Classified Employee Transfers

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:36

411.6 - Transfers

411.6 - Transfers

Determining the location where a classified employee's assignment will be performed is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board. 
In making such assignments each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to transfer classified employees and report such transfers to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2004)
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2007).

Cross Reference:  411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       
411.5    Classified Employment Assignment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:35

411.7 - Evaluations

411.7 - Evaluations

Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of
classified employees is to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee's role, to ascertain
the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated once every three years.  New and probationary classified employees are
formally evaluated at least once a year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
   
                                    Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    411.8    Classified Employee Probationary Status

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:08

411.8 - Probation

411.8 - Probation

The first 30 days of a newly employed classified employee's contract is a probationary period.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status
of the employee.  New employees, regardless of experience, are subject to this probationary period.

"New" employees includes individuals who are being hired for the first time by the school district and those who may have been employed by the school district in the past,
but have not been employed by the board during the school year prior to the one for which contracts are being issued.

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  411.3    Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    411.7    Classified Employee Evaluation

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:05

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:00

412.1 - Compensation

412.1 - Compensation

The board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the
educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  411.3    Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    412.2    Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:04

412.2 - Wages Over Time

412.2 - Wages Over Time

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum
wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular
hourly wage rate.  This compensation is in the form of overtime pay or compensatory time.  Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent.

Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must complete, sign, and turn in a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked.  Failure of the
employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

NOTE:  Federal law requires compensation at time and one-half the regular rate for work over 40 hours per week, whether in monetary form or compensatory time.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority, 469 U.S. 528 (1985).
   
                                    29 U.S.C. §§ 206 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 511-800 (2004).

Cross Reference:  411.3    Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    412.1    Classified Employee Compensation

Approved    7/27/2009                       
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:03

412.3 - Insurance

412.3 - Insurance

Classified employees may be eligible for group insurance benefits as determined by the board and required by law.  The board will select the group insurance program and
the insurance company which will provide the program.

This policy statement does not guarantee a certain level of benefits.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group insurance programs for its
classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B (2007).

Cross Reference:  411.1    Classified Employee Defined

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:01

412.4 - Tax Shelter

412.4 - Tax Shelter

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from companies approved in the
state 403(b) plan.

Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2007).
   
                                    1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
   
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
   
                                    1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706       Payroll Procedures

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 14:00

413 - Classified Employee Termination

413 - Classified Employee Termination dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:52

413.1 - Resignation

413.1 - Resignation

Classified employees who wish to resign during the school year will give the board notice of their intent to resign and final date of employment and cancel their contract
30 days prior to their last working day.

Notice of the intent to resign will be in writing to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2007).

Cross Reference:  411.3    Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:59

413.2 - Retirement

413.2 - Retirement

Classified employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No classified employee will be required to retire at any specific
age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the classified employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return
of the employee's contract to the board if applicable, the employee's intent to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party
other than the principal or the superintendent. 

Board action to approve a classified employee's application for retirement is final, and such action constitutes termination of the employee's contract effective the day of the
employee's retirement.

Classified employees and their spouse and dependents who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage of the school
district's group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

NOTE:  Mandatory retirement ages are a violation of federal law.  The witnessing of the retiring employee's letter is to protect the school district in the event an
employee alleges that the school district forced the employee to retire.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 97B; 216; 279.19A, .46 (2007).
   
                                    581 I.A.C. 21.
   
                                    1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
   
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  401.14  Recognition for Service of Employees

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:57

413.3 - Suspension

413.3 - Suspension

Classified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee
with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of
the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
   
                                    McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2007).

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance
   
                                    413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:56

413.4 - Dismissal

413.4 - Dismissal

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law.  A classified employee may be dismissed upon thirty days notice
or immediately for cause.  Due process procedures will be followed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for dismissal to the board.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but
not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2007).

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance
   
                                    413.4    Classified Employee Suspension
   
                                    413.6    Classified Employee Reduction in Force

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:53

413.5 - Reduction in Force

413.5 - Reduction in Force

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will
be given thirty days notice.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills,
ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2007).

Cross Reference:  407.6    Licensed Employee Reduction in Force
   
                                    413.4    Classified Employee Suspension
   
                                    413.5    Classified Employee Dismissal
   
                                    703       Budget

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:52

414 - Classified Employees Vacation and Leaves of Absence

414 - Classified Employees Vacation and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:27

414.1 - Vacation Holiday Leave

414.1 - Vacation Holiday Leave

The board will determine the amount of vacation, holidays and personal leave that will be allowed on an annual basis for classified employees.

Classified employees who work twelve months a year will be allowed seven paid holidays if the holidays fall on a regular working day.  The six holidays are New Year's
Day, Memorial Day, Good Friday, July 4, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  Classified employees, whether full-time or part-time, will have time off in
concert with the school calendar.

Classified employees will be paid only for the hours they would have been scheduled for the day.  Vacation will not be accrued from year to year without a prior
arrangement with the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacation and personal leave for classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2007).

Cross Reference:  409.1    Licensed Employee Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave
   
                                    601.1    School Calendar

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:35

414.2 - Illness Leave

414.2 - Illness Leave

Classified employees are granted ten days of sick leave in their first year of employment.  Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the
employees up to a maximum of fifteen days.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  A new employee will report for
work at least one full work day prior to receiving sick leave benefits.  A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each fiscal
year.  Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 90 days for classified employees.

Should the personal illness occur after or extend beyond the accumulated sick leave, the employee may apply for disability benefits under the group insurance plan.  If the
employee does not qualify for disability benefits, the employee may request a leave of absence without pay.

Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee including, but not limited to, confirmation of the following:  the employee's illness, the
need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the employee's position.  It is within the discretion
of the board and the superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary.  When an illness leave will be greater than three consecutive days, the employee
will comply with board policy regarding family and medical leave.

If an employee is eligible to receive workers' compensation benefits, the employee will contact the board secretary to implement these benefits.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
   
                                    26 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2004)
   
                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa  Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 279.40 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Cross Reference:  403.2    Employee Injury on the Job
   
                                    414.3    Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave
   
                                    414.9    Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:36

414.3 - Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)

414.3 - Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined
as 365 days.  Requests for family and medical leave are made to the superintendent. 

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative
rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is
the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
   
                                    26 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2004)
   
                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Cross Reference:  409.3    Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
   
                                    414.2    Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave
   
                                    414.9    Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:38

414.3E1 - FMLA Notice To Employees

414.3E1 - FMLA Notice To Employees

FMLA requires covered employers to provide up to 12 weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave to "eligible" employees for certain family and medical reasons.   Employees
are eligible if they have worked for a covered employer for at least one
year, and for 1,250 hours over the previous 12 months, and if there are at least 50 employees within
75 miles.  The FML
A permits employees to take leave on an intermittent basis or to work a reduced schedule under certain circumstances.
\ Leave:                                                          

Unpaid leave must be granted for any of the following reasons:

      to care for the employee's child after birth, or placement for adoption or foster care;

      to care for the employee's spouse, son or daughter, or parent, who has a serious health condition; or

      for a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the employee's job.

At the employee's or employer's option, certain kinds of paid leave may be substituted for unpaid leave.

The employee may be required to provide advance leave notice and medical certification.  Taking of leave may be denied, if requirements are not met.  The employee
ordinarily must provide 30 days advance notice when the leave is "foreseeable."  An employer may require medical certification to support a request for leave because of
a serious health condition, and may require second or third opinions (at the employer's expense) and fitness for duty report to return to work.

For the duration of FMLA leave, the employer must maintain the employee's health coverage under any "group health plan."  Upon return from FMLA leave, most employees
must be restored to their original or equivalent positions with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms.

The use of FMLA leave cannot result in the loss of any employment benefit that accrued prior to the start of an employee's leave.

FMLA makes it unlawful for any employer to:

      interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of any right provided under FMLA:

      discharge or discriminate against any person for opposing any practice made unlawful by FMLA or for involvement in any proceeding under or relating to FMLA.

The U.S. Department of Labor is authorized to investigate and resolve complaints of violations.

An eligible employee may bring a civil action against an employer for violations.

FMLA does not affect any Federal or State law prohibiting discrimination, or supersede any State or local law or collective bargaining agreement which provides greater
family or medical leave rights.

If you have access to the Internet visit FLMA’s website:  http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/flma.  Or contact the nearest office of Wage and Hour Division, listed in most
telephone directories under U.S. Government, Department of Labor.  For a listing of records that must be kept by employers to comply with FMLA visit the U.S. Dept. of
Labor’s website: http://www.dol.gov/dol/allcfr/ESA/Title_29/Part_825/29CFR825.500.htm

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:42

414.3E2 - FMLA Request Form

414.3E2 - FMLA Request Form

Date:                                 

 

I,                                               , request family and medical leave for the following reason:  (check all that apply)

                            for the birth of my child;

                            for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

                            to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or

                            because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

 

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical
leave within 15 days of the request for certification. 

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

 

I request that my family and medical leave begin on                                      and I request leave as follows:

(check one)

                            continuous     I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on                 .

                            intermittent leave for the:

                                             birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district

                                             serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary

 

         Details of the needed intermittent leave:

                           I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

                             reduced work schedule for the:

                                           birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the school district

                                           serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary

 

Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

                        I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

 

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with
foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize
interruptions to school district operations.

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me
during the leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped
from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution. 

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement
of payments of my contributions in court. 

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

 

Signed_____________________________________________________       Date________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:45

414.3E3 - FMLA Certification Form

414.3E3 - FMLA Certification Form

1.Employee's Name_____________________________________________________________

 

2.Patient's Name (if different from employee)_________________________________________

 

3.     The attached sheet describes what is meant by a "serious health condition" under the Family and Medical Leave Act.  Does the patient's condition, for which the
employee is taking FMLA leave, qualify under any of the categories described?  If so, please check the applicable category.

            (1)                  (2)                     (3)                     (4)                     (5)                         (6)          

            or                         None of the above

 

4.     Describe the medical facts which support your certification, including a brief statement as to how the medical facts meet the criteria of one of these categories:

 

5.     a.   State the approximate date the condition commenced, and the probable duration of the condition (and also the probable duration of the patient's present incapacity, i.e.
              inability to work, attend 
school or perform other regular activities due to the serious health condition, treatment therefore, or recovery therefrom, if different):

 

        b.   Will it be necessary for the employee to take work only intermittently or to work on a less than full schedule as a result of the condition (including for treatment described
in Item 6 below)?

 

              If yes, give the probable duration:

 

        c.   If the condition is a chronic condition (condition #4) or pregnancy, state whether the patient is presently incapacitated and the likely duration and frequency of episodes
of incapacity:

 

6.     a.   If additional treatments will be required for the condition, provide an estimate of the probable number of such treatments:

If the patient will be absent from work or other daily activities because of treatment on an intermittent or part-time basis, also provide an estimate of the probable
number of and interval between such treatments, actual or estimated dates of treatment if known, and period required for recovery if any:

 

        b.     If any of these treatments will be provided by another provider of health services (e.g., physical therapist), please state the nature of the treatments:

 

        c.     If a regimen of continuing treatment by the patient is required under your supervision, provide a general description of such regimen (e.g. prescription drugs, physical therapy requiring special equipment):

 

7.     a.     If medical leave is required for the employee's absence from work because of the employee's own condition (including absences due to pregnancy or a chronic condition), is the employee unable to perform work of any kind?

 

        b.     If able to perform some work, is the employee unable to perform any one or more of the essential functions of the employee's job (the employee or the employer should supply you with information about the essential job functions)?

                If yes, please list the essential functions the employee is unable to perform.

 

        c.     If neither a. nor b. applies, is it necessary for the employee to be absent from work for treatment?

 

8.     a.     If leave is required to care for a family member of the employee with a serious health condition, does the patient require assistance for basic medical or personal needs or safety, or for transportation?

 

        b.     If no, would the employee's presence to provide psychological comfort be beneficial to the patient or assist in the patient's recovery?

 

        c.     If the patient will need care only intermittently or on a part-time basis, please indicate the probable duration of this need:

 

 

(Signature of Health Care Provider)_______________________________________________

 

(Type of Practice)____________________________________________________________

 

(Address)___________________________________________________________________

 

(Telephone Number)__________________________________________________________

 

To be completed by the employee needing family leave to care for a family member.

 

State the care you will provide and an estimate of the period during which care will be provided, including a schedule if leave is to be taken intermittently or if it will be
necessary for you to work less than a full schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____________________________________________________________ _______________

(Employee Signature)                                                                                                    (Date)

 

A serious health condition means an illness, injury impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves one of the following:

 

1.     Hospital Care - In patient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility, including any period of incapacity or subsequent
treatment in connection with or consequent to such inpatient care.

2.     Absence Plus Treatment - A period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days (including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating
to the same condition), that also involves:

        a.     treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider or by a provider of
health care services (e.g. physical therapist) under the orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

        b.     treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

3.     Pregnancy - Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

4.     Chronic Conditions Requiring Treatments - A chronic condition which:

        a.     requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider, or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

        b.     continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and

        c.     may cause episodic rather than a period of incapacity (e.g. asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

5.     Permanent/Long-term Conditions Requiring Supervision - A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be
effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by a health care provider.  Examples
include Alzheimer's, a severe stroke, or the terminal stages of a disease.

6.     Multiple Treatments (Non-chronic Conditions) - Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery therefrom) by a health care
provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury,
or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment
such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy) and kidney disease (dialysis).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:48

414.3R1 - FMLA Regulation

414.3R1 - FMLA Regulation

A.      School district notice.

          1.   The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 409.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.

          2.   Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually.  The information will be in the employee handbook.

          3.   When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements.  Such information will include:

                a.   a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement;

                b.   a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so;

                c.   an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

                d.   a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.

 

B.       Eligible employees.

                Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if three criteria are met.

                1.   The school district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested;

                2.   The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and

                3.    The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.  

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

C.     Employee requesting leave -- two types of leave.

        1.     Foreseeable family and medical leave

                a.     Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.

                b.     Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received.

                c.     Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district.  The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

        2.     Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

                a.     Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

                b.     Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

                c.     A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

 

D.    Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

        1.     Four purposes.

                a.     The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth;

                b.       The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster

                        care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary

                        of the child's placement;

                c.     To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

                d.     Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's position.

        2.     Medical certification. 

                When required:

                        (1)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job.

                        (2)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.

                a.             Employee's medical certification responsibilities:

                        (1)    The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition.

                        (2)    The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis.

                        (3)    If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district.  This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.

                b.     Medical certification will be required fifteen days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school district may request recertification every thirty days.  Recertification must be submitted within fifteen days of the school district's request.

c.     Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

 

E.     Entitlement.

        1.     Employees are entitled to twelve weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year. 

        2.     Year is defined as:

                        Rolling:

                                measured forward from the first day leave is used

        3.     If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:

                a.     Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted

                b.     Award leave available

 

F.     Type of Leave Requested.

        1.     Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.

        2.     Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

                a.     Intermittent leave is available for:

                        (1)    Birth, adoption or foster care placement of child only with the school district's agreement.

                        (2)    Serious health condition of the employee, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary without the school district's agreement.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits

        3.     Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.

                a.     Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

                        (1)    Birth, adoption or foster care placement and subject to the school district's agreement.

                        (2)    Serious health condition of the employee, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary without the school district's agreement.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits

 

G.    Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

        1.     Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits.

        2.     The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district at a time set by the superintendent.

        3.     An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.

        4.     An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request. 

        5.     The employee must notify the school district of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.

        6.     If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return.  The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

H.   Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.

An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave with appropriate paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual contracts or the collective bargaining agreement.  Paid leave includes, but is not limited to, sick leave, family illness leave, vacation, personal leave, bereavement leave and professional leave.  When the school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within two business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:39

414.4 - Bereavement Leave

414.4 - Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a classified employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted.  Bereavement leave granted may be for a maximum
of 3 to 5 days, with "day" being defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee, per occurrence, for the death of a member of the
immediate family.  The immediate family includes child, spouse, parent, brother, sister, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law,
or grandparent of the employee.

A maximum of one day of bereavement leave per year will be granted for the death of a close friend or other relative not listed above.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine the number of bereavement leave days to be granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  414       Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:34

414.5 - Political Leave

414.5 - Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to classified employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent will grant a classified employee a leave of absence
to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The classified employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence any time within thirty days of a contested
primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

NOTE:  Iowa law gives employees a right to political leave to run for public office.  This policy reflects the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 55 (2007).

Cross Reference:  401.15  Employee Political Activity
   
                                    414       Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:32

414.6 - Jury Duty Leave

414.6 - Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow classified employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist.  The superintendent has the discretion to determine when
extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay
must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular
working hours. 

Classified employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty is turned over to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2007).

Cross Reference:  414       Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:31

414.7 - Military Leave

414.7 - Military Leave

The board recognizes classified employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a classified employee is called to serve in the
armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2007).

Cross Reference:  414       Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:30

414.8 - Unpaid Leave

414.8 - Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies.  Unpaid leave for classified employees must be authorized by the
superintendent.  Whenever possible, classified employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the
leave is granted, the deductions in salary are made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of
the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence,
the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period is coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of
the education program and school district operations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  414       Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:29

414.9 - Professional Leave

414.9 - Professional Leave

Professional purposes leave may be granted to classified employees for the purpose of attending meetings and conferences directly related to their assignments.  Application
for the leave must be presented to the superintendent.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to grant professional purposes leave.  The leave may be denied on the day before or after a vacation or holiday, on special
days when services are needed, when it would cause undue interruption of the education program and school district operations, or for other reasons deemed relevant by
the superintendent.

Pay for professional purposes leave is at the discretion of the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  411       Classified Employees - General
   
                                    408.1    Classified Employee Professional Development

Approved    7/27/2009  _                   
Reviewed   6/16/2014                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/12/2021 - 13:27

500 - STUDENT PERSONNEL

500 - STUDENT PERSONNEL Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:45

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:07

501.1 - Resident Students

501.1 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  However, a student may
establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school
district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary
school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the current Iowa law regarding residency and payment of tuition.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
   
                                    Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
   
                                    33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2007).
   
                                    1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.
   
                                    1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
   
                                    1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
   
                                    1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.

Cross Reference:  102       School District Instructional Organization
   
                                    501       Student Attendance

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:28

501.2 - Nonresident Students

501.2 - Nonresident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the
superintendent upon application and payment of tuition.  The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized
by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to
attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board.  Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may
complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board.  These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of
the principal.

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they
graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to the third Friday in
September may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects current Iowa law.  Iowa's open enrollment law has not eliminated the need for this policy.  This policy affects nonresident students who do not
qualify for open enrollment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
   
                                    Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .24 (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:27

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the
children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students will attend school the number of days school is in session in accordance with the
school calendar.  Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 175 days or 1080 hours.  Students not attending the minimum days must be exempted
by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney.  Exceptions to this policy include children who:

      have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;

      are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;

      are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;

      are attending an accredited nonpublic school;

are receiving independent private instruction; or,

      are receiving competent private instruction.

It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the
exceptions listed above.

The principal will investigate the cause for a student's truancy.  If the principal is unable to secure the truant student's attendance, the principal should discuss the next step with
the school board.  If after school board action, the student is still truant, the principal will refer the matter over to the county attorney.

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney.  The principal will represent the school district in mediation.  The school district will monitor the
student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 239.5B; 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299; 299A (2007).
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 41.25(8).
   
                                    1978 Op. Att'y. Gen. 379.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    601.1    School Calendar
   
                                    604.1    Competent Private Instruction

Approved      2-15-2010                        
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                  
Revised   11-17-2014    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:26

501.4 - Entrance - Admissions

501.4 - Entrance - Admissions

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age four on or
prior to September 15 to participate in the school’s preschool program.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten
program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

The board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education
program.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by
the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects current Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3, .6 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:25

501.5 - Attendance Site

501.5 - Attendance Site

The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center, to assign students to the attendance centers, and to assign students to the
classrooms within the attendance center.

It is  the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student.  In making the
recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of
student population, possible transportation difficulties, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.7-.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:24

501.6 - Transfers In

501.6 - Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make
the grade level determination.  The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.  Students expelled or suspended from their previous
school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.

The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's
discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

 

NOTE:  School districts do not need parental permission to request student records from previous school districts.  The school district sending the records must notify the
parents that the student's records have been sent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3, .4; 299A (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    505.4    Student Honors and Awards
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    604.1    Competent Private Instruction

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:21

501.7 - Transfers out

501.7 - Transfers out

If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the
superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  The student or parent should present this written
notice at the office and receive instructions regarding settlement of accounts and the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, computer, etc. 

The notice should state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the
same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing.  This notice will include the
name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's
cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice will inform the parents of their right to
review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent
that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.
                                         

 

NOTE:  The third paragraph is a reflection of federal law regarding the forwarding of student records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    604.1    Competent Private Instruction

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:20

501.8 - Attendance Records

501.8 - Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:19

501.9 - Excused Absence

501.9 - Excused Absence

Regular attendance by students is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure
an absence from school is a necessary absence.  Students will attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Student absences approved by the principal are excused absences.  Excused absences will count as days in attendance for purposes of the truancy law.  These absences include,
but are not limited to, illness, family emergencies, recognized religious observances, appointments that cannot be scheduled outside the school day, and school-sponsored or
approved activities.

Students whose absences are approved will make up the work missed and receive full credit for the missed school work.  It is the responsibility of the student to initiate a
procedure with the student's teacher to complete the work missed.

Students who wish to participate in school-sponsored activities must attend school at least the last four class periods the day of the activity unless advanced arrangements are
made and permission has been given by the principal for the student to be absent.

It is the responsibility of the parent to notify the student's attendance center as soon as the parent knows the student will not be attending school on that day.  The principal may
request evidence or written verification of the student's reason for absence.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:18

501.10 - Unexcused Absence

501.10 - Unexcused Absence

Regular attendance by the students at school is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents and students alike are
encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence.  Students will attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Truancy is the failure to attend school for the minimum number of days established in the school calendar by the board.  Truancy is the act of being absent without a reasonable
excuse.  These absences will include, but not be limited to, tardiness, shopping, hunting, concerts, preparation or participation in parties and other celebrations and
employment.  Truancy will not be tolerated by the board or the administration.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances,
whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy.  Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to supervised study hall or in-school
suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.  The administrative regulations will
indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary
   
                                    410.5    Truancy Officer
   
                                    501       Student Attendance
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:16

501.10R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absence Regulation

501.10R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absence Regulation

Students are required to be in attendance, pursuant to board policy, for 180 days per school year unless their absences have been excused by the principal for illness (absences for
five or more consecutive days due to illness require a doctor's note), family emergencies, doctor or dental appointment, recognized religious observances and school sponsored or
approved activities.  Reasonable excuses may also include family trips or vacations if the student's work is finished prior to the trip or vacation.  Absences that do not fall within
the categories listed above will be considered unexcused unless approved by the principal.  Parents are expected to telephone the school office to report a student's absence prior
to 8:30 a.m. on the day of the absence. 

If a student accumulates 5 unexcused absences in a class, he or she may lose credit for the class.  Prior to imposing the loss of credit in one or more classes, the principal will
provide the student an opportunity for an informal hearing. 

School work missed because of absences must be made up within the number of days absent plus one.  The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of
the classroom teacher.

Students will remain in class until the principal makes a decision regarding loss or restoration of credit.  Full credit is awarded to all assignments and tests submitted that meet
the teacher's specifications until a decision regarding credit has been made. 

If a student loses credit, that fact is recorded in the student's record as an "AW" (administrative withdrawal).

A student who loses credit due to excessive absences is assigned to supervised study hall for the period(s) in which the course(s) meets or the student may be reassigned to another
class or location.  A student who, after a hearing before the board, loses credit in all courses due to unexcused absences, will not be allowed to participate in any school activities
until the following semester.  However, the student is eligible to practice if all other eligibility criteria have been met.

The administration and guidance staff will make reasonable efforts to advise and counsel and may impose discipline upon any student approaching 5 unexcused absences.  Such
advice, discipline and counseling includes, but is not limited to, oral or written notices to the student and his or her parents, conferences with the student and parents, written
contracts, or loss of non-academic privileges such as extracurricular activities.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:17

501.11 - Student Release

501.11 - Student Release

Students will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the
student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.

Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day will include, but not be limited to, illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction,
classes outside the student's attendance center, employment for which the student has been issued a work permit and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 294.4 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:15

501.12 - Pregnant Students

501.12 - Pregnant Students

The board encourages pregnant students to continue to attend the education program as long as they are physically able to do so.  The pregnant student may notify the principal
or the guidance counselor as soon as she is aware of the pregnancy.  The school may require that a pregnant student provide the principal with a written note from her doctor
relative to special conditions that might exist and specific suggestions as to how long the student may continue to attend classes.  If the student is unable to attend school
because of her pregnancy, the student may be excused and arrangements made to continue her studies during her absence.  The student will resume classes upon the
recommendation of her physician.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 279.8; 280.3 (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    604.2    Individualized Instruction

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:14

501.13 - Legal Age

501.13 - Legal Age

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are
residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases,
with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student of legal age will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or
signature.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:13

501.14 - Open Enrollment Procedures Out

501.14 - Open Enrollment Procedures Out

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll
to another public school district.

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district no later than March 1 in the school year
preceding the first year desired for open enrollment.  The notice is made on forms provided by the Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central
administration office.

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline.  Parents of children who will begin kindergarten
will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1.  Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open
enrollment request by September 1 unless another deadline applies.

The receiving district will approve open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the
start of the school year.  The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to
approve or deny the open enrollment request. 

The board will not approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such
an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs.  The area education
agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school
district until the final determination is made.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop
appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 17.
   
                                    1990 Op.  Att'y Gen. 75.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                       
506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010              
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                   
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:12

501.15 - Open Enrollment Procedures In

501.15 - Open Enrollment Procedures In

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open
enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The superintendent will approve all timely filed applications by June 1; incoming kindergarten applications; good cause applications; or continuation of an educational program
application filed by September 1.
 

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. 

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for
students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school
district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open
enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest
priority.  The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family
between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given
a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Generally, students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will not be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, during the first
ninety days of open enrollment into the school district.

Parents are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement unless the parents qualify for transportation assistance.  Upon a
parent's request, the board may approve transportation into the sending district.  The board's approval is subject to the sending district's approval.

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factors for approval of such an open
enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education
student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is
appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa's open enrollment law.  The board needs to determine whether it will delegate authority to the superintendent to approve timely filed open enrollment
requests.  This option is the first set of options on page one of the policy.  There are three options available to the board:

            board retains all approval authority over timely filed requests.

            board delegates all approval authority over timely filed requests.

            board delegates only some approval authority over timely filed requests.

After the board makes its decision, the policy needs to be edited to reflect the board's decision.

The second option on page two addresses the issue of transportation of the receiving district to pick up open enrolled students.  The board needs to establish by policy whether it will go
into the sending district to pick up open enrolled students. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 17.
   
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 75.

Cross Reference:  501.6    Student Transfers In
   
                                    501.7    Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
   
                                    501.14  Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    606.9    Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                   
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:09

501.16 - Homeless

501.16 - Homeless

The board will make reasonable efforts to identify homeless children and youth of school age within the district, encourage their enrollment and eliminate existing barriers to
their receiving an education which may exist in district policies or practices.  The designated coordinator for identification of homeless children and for tracking and
monitoring programs and activities for these children is the elementary at-risk coordinator.

A child suspected of homeless status shall be given immediate enrollment pending dispute resolution.  Waivers will be given for immunizations, fees and charges, and other
enrollment requirements.  Transportation will be provided if needed.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects both Iowa and federal law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title X, Sec. 722, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 33 (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    503.3    Fines - Fees - Charges
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates
                                       603.3    Special Education
   
                                    711.1    Student School Transportation Eligibility

Approved      2-15-2010                        
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:08

501.17 - Work Programs and Permits

501.17 - Work Programs and Permits

The superintendent or his/her designee shall issue age and work permits to students when requested in accordance with provisions of state and federal child labor laws.

Work study and work release programs may be incorporated into the curriculum of the school.  The principal of the school shall be responsible for establishing guidelines and
criteria for any student work programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Code of Iowa Chapter 92.11

Approved      2-15-2010                        
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:07

502 - Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Rights and Responsibilities dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:51

502.1 - Appearance

502.1 - Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of
students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those
generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel
promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary
responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a
principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bethal School District  v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
   
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
   
                                    Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
   
                                    Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  500       Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved   2-15-2010                           
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                    
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:06

502.2 - Vandalism

502.2 - Vandalism

Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property.  Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school
district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations.  They may
also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    802.1    Maintenance Schedule

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:05

502.3 - Free Expression

502.3 - Free Expression

Student expression, other than student expression in student-produced official school publications, made on the school district premises or under the jurisdiction of the school
district or as part of a school-sponsored activity may be attributed to the school district; therefore, student expression must be responsible.  Student expression must be appropriate
to assure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their
level of maturity.

Students will be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions as long as the expression is responsible.  The expression will not, in the judgment of the administration,
encourage the breaking of laws, defame others, be obscene or indecent, or cause a material and substantial disruption to the educational program.  The administration, when
making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers
an educational purpose.  Further, the expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school
district.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for insuring students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the
responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
   
                                    Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
   
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
   
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22; 282.3 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    603.9    Academic Freedom
   
                                    904.5    Distribution of Materials

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed   7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:04

502.4 - Grievances

502.4 - Grievances

Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed
employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within 5 days of the employee's decision.  If the matter cannot
be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within 5 days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in
compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  214.1    Board Meeting Agenda
   
                                    215       Public Participation in Board Meetings
   
                                    309       Communication Channels
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504.3    Student Publications

Approved   2-15-2010                           
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:03

502.5 - Lockers

502.5 - Lockers

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal
belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or
another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board
policy regulating search and seizure.

 

NOTE:  Iowa law requires students or another individual to be present during the inspection of lockers.  For locker searches, see Policy 502.8, Search and Seizure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                   
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:02

502.6 - Weapons

502.6 - Weapons

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present
a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes.  Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken
from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the
control of the school district.

Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident.  Possession or confiscation of weapons or
dangerous objects will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year.  The superintendent has the authority to recommend
this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any
weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any
explosive, incendiary or poison gas.

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials are exempt from this policy.  The principal may allow authorized persons to display weapons, other dangerous objects
or look-a-likes for educational purposes.  Such a display will also be exempt from this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to
develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy meets state and federal law.  Federal law gives an exception, to the mandatory one-year expulsion for weapons possession or bringing to schools, for
weapons that are lawfully stored in a locked vehicle on school property.  Boards wishing to adopt this exception should amend this policy to reflect that and direct the
administration to develop the required procedures designed to ensure student safety.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title IV, Sec. 4141, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
   
                                    Improving America's Schools Act of 1994, P.L. 103-382.
   
                                    18 U.S.C. § 921 (2004).
   
                                    McClain v. Lafayette County Bd. of Education, 673 F.2d 106 (5th Cir. 1982).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 724 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved     2-15-2010                   
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:01

502.7 - Tobacco - Alcohol - Drugs

502.7 - Tobacco - Alcohol - Drugs

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or
"look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the
jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from
school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the
health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco
products for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol
and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board.  If
such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance abuse prevention program will include:

        Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health
consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;

        A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;

        Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol
by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;

        A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy
and a description of those sanctions;

        A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;

        Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;

        A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and

        Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy is mandatory and complies with the federal Drug-Free Schools Act but is expanded to also include tobacco products.  This policy reflects Iowa law
regarding tobacco products and minors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(9); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                         
Revised                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 07:59

502.8 - Search and Seizure

502.8 - Search and Seizure

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a
reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and
discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The
furnishing of a locker, desk, computer, or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will
not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.
 

School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to,
nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons,
explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the
school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if
misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action
including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause
material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or
property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the law regarding school district authority for searching students, their possessions and their lockers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. IV.
   
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
   
                                    Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 808A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(8).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline

Approved                                              
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                   
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:53

502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Check List

502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Check List

I.      What factors caused you to have a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the search of this student or the student's effects or automobile would turn up evidence that the
student has violated or is violating the law, school policy, rules or regulations affecting school order?

            A.  Eyewitness account.

            1.  By whom: ____________________________________________________________

            2.  Date/Time: : ___________________________________________________________

            3.  Place: : _______________________________________________________________

            4.  What was seen: ________________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

            B.  Information from a reliable source.

            1.  From whom: : _________________________________________________________

            2.  Time received: : ________________________________________________________

            3.  How information was received: : ___________________________________________

            4.  Who received the information: : ____________________________________________

            5.  Describe information: : ___________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

            C.  Suspicious behavior?  Explain.

                    ________________________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

            D.  Student's past history?  Explain.

                    ________________________________________________________________

                    ________________________________________________________________

            E.  Time of search: _______________________________       

            F.  Location of search: ______________________________

            G.  Student told purpose of search:   YES   NO              

            H. Consent of student requested:  YES   NO

 

II.  Was the search you conducted reasonable in terms of scope and intrusiveness?  YES   NO

            A.  What were you searching for:  _________________________________________

            B.  Where did you search? :  _____________________________________________

            C.  Sex of the student: :  _________________________________________

            D.  Age of the student: :  _________________________________________

            E.  Exigency of the situation: :   _________________________________________

                                                            _________________________________________

            F.  What type of search was being conducted: :  ____________________________________

                                                            :  ______________________________________________

            G.  Who conducted the search:Position:Sex: :  ____________________________________

            H.  Witness(s): :  ___________________________________________________________

 

III.  Explanation of Search.

            A.  Describe the time and location of the search: :  _________________________________

            B.  Describe exactly what was searched: :  _________________________________________

                        :  _________________________________________________________________

            C.  What did the search yield: :  _________________________________________

            D.  What was seized: :  _________________________________________

            E.  Were any materials turned over to law enforcement officials?  YES NO

            F.  Were parents notified of the search including the reason for it and the scope:   YES   NO

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 07:57

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulations

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulations

I.      Searches, in general.

        A.      Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up
evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

                  Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:

                   (1)     eyewitness observations by employees;

                   (2)     information received from reliable sources;

                   (3)     suspicious behavior by the student; or,

                   (4)     the student's past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.

        B.       Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search. 
Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:

                        (1)     the age of the student;

                        (2)     the sex of the student;

                        (3)     the nature of the infraction; and

                        (4)     the emergency requiring the search without delay.

 

II.  Types of Searches

        A.      Personal Searches

                  1.       A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student
is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.

                  2.       Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.

                            (a)    Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in
private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.

                            (b)    A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health
and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the
student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.

        B.       Locker and Desk Inspections 

                  Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school district
has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced
inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may
be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by
school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

                  The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the
contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence of
another adult witness when feasible.

        C.       Automobile Searches

                  Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking
lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that
illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 07:55

502.9 - Interviews

502.9 - Interviews

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal's
office.  Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal
will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently
from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

 

NOTE:  Iowa law does not address access to students by law enforcement authorities or other officials.  This policy reflects the generally accepted practice of school districts.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232; 280.17 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 102.
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.2    Child Abuse Reporting
   
                                    502.10  Search and Seizure
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    902.4    Students and the News Media

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                            
Revised                     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:52

502.10 - Vehicle Use

502.10 - Vehicle Use

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle or bicycle
to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center or at either their attendance center or a
shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities.  Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day
without permission from the principal.  Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center. 
Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal. 

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to
and from school and school activities and practices, if the student has a unique situation where needed with approval from principal or Superintendent.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal.  Failure to
comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including
suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                           
            802.6    Parking

Approved    10/20/2014                        
Reviewed  
  7-20-2015                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:39

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:33

503.1 - Student Conduct

503.1 - Student Conduct

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat
to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with
students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property
or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities;
and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the
misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education
program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in
or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but
are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

A student who commits an assault against an employee on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned or school-
operated chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school district activities will be suspended by the principal.  Notice of the suspension is sent to the board president. 
The board will review the suspension to determine whether to impose further sanctions against the student which may include expulsion.  Assault for purposes of this section of
this policy is defined as:

            an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the
apparent ability to execute the act; or

            any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability
to execute the act; or

            intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when
the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school
day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the
licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.

Suspension means; either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities or loss of eligibility.  An in-school suspension means the student will
attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  An out-
of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten
days.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the
student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of
the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by
the board.

Following the suspension of a special education student, an informal evaluation of the student's placement will take place.  The Individual Education Program (IEP) is evaluated
to determine whether it needs to be changed or modified in response to the behavior that led to the suspension.

If a special education student's suspensions, either in or out of school, equal ten days on a cumulative basis, a staffing team will meet to determine whether the IEP is appropriate.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and outlines the school district's basic student conduct.  Details of how this policy will be implemented should be included in the student
handbook.  The paragraph regarding assault of school district employees is Iowa law. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title IV, Sec. 4115, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
   
                                    Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
   
                                    Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
   
                                    Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                    Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
    
                                   Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 708.1 (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    603.3    Special Education
   
                                    904.5    Distribution of Materials

Approved     4-20-2009                   
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                           
Revised    7-20-2015         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:44

503.1R1 - Student Suspension

503.1R1 - Student Suspension

Administrative Action

A.    Probation

        1.   Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not
warrant the necessity of removal from school.

        2.   The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to,
written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to
the parents.

B.     In-School Suspension

        1.   In-school suspension is the temporary isolation of a student from one or more classes while under administrative supervision.  In-school suspensions may be imposed
by the principal for infractions of school rules which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

        2.   The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not
be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for
more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parent/guardian.

C.     Out-of-School Suspension

1.     Out-of-school suspension is the removal of a student from the school environment for periods of short duration.  Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other
available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.

2.    A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy
or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The
principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:

               a.   Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student and

               b.   The opportunity to respond to those charges.

               At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

        3.    Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent. 
A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written
notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.

D.    Suspensions and Special Education Students

        1.    Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be
revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.

        2.    Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has
a disability and is in need of special education.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:50

503.2 - Expulsion

503.2 - Expulsion

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment.  The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and
activities, is an expulsion from school.

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law.  It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single
offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes.  Only the board may take action to expel a
student and to readmit the student.  The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:

        1.       Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;

        2.       The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released
at the discretion of the superintendent;

        3.       An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;

        4.       The right to be represented by counsel; and,

        5.       The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually
guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of
inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent
and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be
made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and is a reflection of Iowa law regarding student expulsion.  It is consistent with the due process requirements of the 14th amendment to the
U.S. Constitution.  The last two paragraphs reflect federal special education law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
   
                                    Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
    
                                   Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285
   
                                         N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:43

503.3 - Fines and Fees

503.3 - Fines and Fees

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for
the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific
financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It is the responsibility of the
superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 18.
   
                                    1994 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
   
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.
   
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 227.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 532.

Cross Reference:  501.17  Homeless Children & Youth
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline

Approved   2-15-2010                           
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   
                              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:39

503.3E1 - Fee Waiver

503.3E1 - Fee Waiver

Date_____________________________                                                School year_____________

 

Name of student(s):____________________________                            Grade in school __________

    ____________________________                                                     __________

    ____________________________                                                     __________

    ____________________________                                                     __________

    ____________________________                                                     __________

 

To be eligible for FULL WAIVER, you or your child must meet one or more of the following guidelines:

Free meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program
The Family Investment Program (FIP)
Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
Transportation assistance under open enrollment
Foster Child

To be eligible for PARTIAL WAIVER, you must meet the following criteria:

      Reduced –priced meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program

Please circle the type of waiver that you believe you are eligible to receive:

                                           Full Waiver                                                Partial Waiver               

If you child(ren) qualifies for free or reduced price meals, you may also be eligible for other benefits. Some of these benefits are Book Rent, Computer Rent, Accounting
I and II, Vocal Text  Fee/Sr. High, Cleaning Fee/Band/Sr. high, Music Text Fee 5-8, Driver Education and CPR 9th grade.  If you sign this waiver, your child(ren) will be
considered for a full or partial waiver of Book rent, Computer Rent, Accounting I and II, Vocal/Text Fee/Sr. high, Cleaning Fee Band High, Music Text Fee 5-8, Driver’s
Education and CPR 9th grade. I understand that I will be releasing information that will show that I applied for free and reduced price school meals for my child(ren). I
give up my rights to confidentiality for waiver of school fees ONLY.

I certify that I am the parent/guardian of the child(ren) for whom application is being made.

 

Signature of parent, guardian:_____________________________________________________________
  or legal or actual custodian

 

YOU DO NOT HAVE TO COMPLETE THIS WAIVER TO GET FREE OR REDUCED PRICE SCHOOL MEALS, BUT DO NEED TO COMPLETE IN ORDER
TO RECEIVE FREE OR REDUCED PRICE ON  SCHOOL FEES.

NOTE:  Your signature is required for the release of information regarding the student or this student's family financial eligibility for the program checked above.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:41

503.3R1 - Fee Waiver Procedures

503.3R1 - Fee Waiver Procedures

The board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The
school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the
financial criteria.

        A.      Waivers -

                  1.   Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria
for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, or transportation assistance under open enrollment.  Students in foster care are
also eligible for full waivers.

2.   Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial
eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition program.  A partial waiver is based on the same percentage as the reduced price
meals. 

      The reduction percentage will be 40 percent.

                  3.   Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial
difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year.

        B.       Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district.  Applications may be made at any
time but must be renewed annually.

        C.       Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions
will be followed.

        D.      Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the school board.

        E.       Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

        F.       Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver.  The following information will be included in registration materials.

Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment,
or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.  Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be
eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees.  Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the superintendent's office for
a waiver form.  This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:40

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and
for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students
who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are
illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal will keep records of violations
of the good conduct rule.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the
requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.  The detail outlining specific conduct expected and penalties for violation should be in the student handbook, and students involved in
extracurricular activities must be notified of its contents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
   
                                    In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities

Approved   2-15-2010                           
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

\

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:35

503.4A - Good Conduct Rule for Transfer Students

503.4A - Good Conduct Rule for Transfer Students

If a student transferring into the North Mahaska Community Schools was serving or was to serve a suspension from activities at the school from which they were transferring,
they will serve the same period of suspension from activities at North Mahaska.

Any student whose habits and/or conduct were such as to make them unworthy to represent the ideals, principals and standards of the student's previous school, will be
declared ineligible by the principal or superintendent, after consulting with the administration from the school district from which they are transferring. 

Students found to be ineligible under this policy will be excluded from participation in extra-curricular activities until reinstated by the school administration.  They will be
entitled to contest this declaration of ineligibility under the "due process" provision as provided by the State Law of Iowa and board policy.  However, if this due process
provision was provided at their previous school of attendance for this violation, this section shall be void, and the student will be declared ineligible immediately upon
enrollment.

Such eligibility rules shall apply to all extra-curricular activities, and shall cover all participating students for conduct both in and out of school during the school year and
while engaged in a summer activity sponsored by and directed by the school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Code of Iowa Chapter 280.13, 280.14

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities

Approved   2-15-2010                           
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:37

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student and is prohibited.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or
physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from:

               Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:

                     --     To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

                     --     To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.

                     --     For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.

                     --     For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.

                     --     To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

                     --     To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.

                     --     To protect the safety of others.

               Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for
the reasons stated in this policy:

            1.   The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;

            2.   The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;

            3.   The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;

            4.   The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;

            5.   The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  A corporal punishment policy is no longer mandated.  A policy addressing physical restraint of a student, however, is still mandated.  This policy outlines when it may be
appropriate for an employee to physically restrain a student. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ingraham v. Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
   
                                       Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
   
                                       Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
   
                                       Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983).
      
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21 (2007).
      
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(8); 103.
   
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.3    Abuse of Students by School District Employees
   
                                       502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                       503       Student Discipline

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:33

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:51

504.1 - Student Government

504.1 - Student Government

The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of
the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems
that may arise.  Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.

The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, will set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of
the government.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504       Student Activities

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/15/2021 - 15:32

504.2 - Student Organizations

504.2 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school
facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class.  Meetings will not interfere
with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere
with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the
activities of another organization.

 

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered
affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

                  Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?

                  Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?

                  Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?

                  Is participation in the group required for a particular course?

                  Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day. 
Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

 

Noncurriculum-Related Organizations

Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups.  Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated.  As a means of determining
whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings.  Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance.  Only
students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990).
   
                                    Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986).
   
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 287.1-.3; 297.9 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504       Student Activities

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed   7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 19:02

504.3 - Student Publications

504.3 - Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include
material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and
the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have
interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain
professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official
school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure
outlined in board policy 214.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance
procedure outlined in board policy 502.6.

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner
of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 280.22 (2007).

Cross Reference:  309       Communication Channels
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    903.5    Distribution of Material

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:59

504.3R1 - Student Publication Code

504.3R1 - Student Publication Code

A.    Official school publications defined.

An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a
fee.

B.     Expression in an official school publication.

        1.       No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:

                  a.   obscene;

                  b.   libelous;

                  c.   slanderous; or

                  d.   encourages students to:

                        1)     commit unlawful acts;

                        2)     violate school rules;

                        3)     cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;

                        4)     disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                        5)     interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                        6)     infringe on the rights of others.

        2.       The official school publication is produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.

C.     Responsibilities of students.

        1.       Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the
limitations of the student publications code and the law.

        2.       Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.

        3.       Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

D.    Responsibilities of faculty advisors.

Faculty advisors will supervise student participants (writers, creators, artists, publishers) to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with
the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.

E.     Liability.

Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or
officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or
altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

F.     Appeal procedure.

        1.       Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision
through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.6.

        2.       Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure,
under board policy 214.1.

G.    Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.

        1.       Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.

        2.       Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:

                  a.       commit unlawful acts;

                  b.       violate school rules;

                  c.        cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;

                  d.       disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                  e.       interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                  f.        infringe on the rights of others.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 19:00

504.4 - Student Performance

504.4 - Student Performance

Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student
and the education program.  Performance at such events is a privilege.

Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day. 
Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. 

Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school
district operations.  The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the
performance.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative
regulations, these guidelines should be followed:

                            Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;

                            All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and,

                            Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other
performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503.4    Good Conduct Rule
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    905       Community Activities Involving Students

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:58

504.5 - Student Fund Raising

504.5 - Student Fund Raising

Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events with the permission of the principal.  Fund raising by students for events other than school-sponsored events is not
allowed.  Collection boxes for school fund raising must have prior approval from the principal before being placed on school property.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  402.9    Solicitations from Outside
  
                                     502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    704.5    Student Activities Fund
   
                                    905.2    Advertising and Promotion

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:55

504.6 - Student Activities

504.6 - Student Activities

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for
their lifetime.

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons.  If the activity is an
intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation.  Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys
and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities,
which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.

Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action.  The events must not disrupt
the education program or other school district operations.

A high school student who participates in school-sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season with approval of the
athletic director. 

      Such outside participation will not conflict with the school sponsored athletic activity.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity.  These regulations will include, but not be limited to, when physical
examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating
in certain activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

Note:  Boards must have a policy addressing the issue of nonschool athletic participation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686 (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (20073).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.6., 36.15.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed      7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                                                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:52

504.7 - Social Events

504.7 - Social Events

All social events shall be under the control and supervision of professional school personnel.  Approval for an event shall be secured from the principal of the building involved
and placed on the school calendar before any public announcement is made.  Rules concerning hours, behavior, and activities related to social events will be developed by the
building principal and staff members directly related to the activity and shall be reasonable and proper.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686 (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (20073).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.6., 36.15.

Cross Reference:  503       Student Discipline
   
                                    504       Student Activities

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed      7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                                                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:51

505 - Student Achievement

505 - Student Achievement dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:41

505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

Students will receive a progress report at the end of each nine-week grading period.  Students who are doing poorly, and the parents or guardians of those students, are notified
prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade.  The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement
prior to the end of the semester.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held in the fall and in the spring at all grade levels in the school to keep the parents informed.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades pre-school through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students
are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 256E.1(1)(b)(1), 280 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), .3(7), .5(16).

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:50

505.2 - Promotion - Retention

505.2 - Promotion - Retention

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal.  When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten
through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed.  It is within the sole discretion of the board to establish policy regarding the
retention of students.

Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year.  When it becomes evident a student in these grades
will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed.  It is within the sole discretion of the board to establish policy
regarding retention of students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.

Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. 
Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(7); 12.5(16).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:49

505.3 - Honors and Awards

505.3 - Honors and Awards

The school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for
students to assist students in setting goals.  Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:48

505.4 - Testing

505.4 - Testing

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling
services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

                     political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent:

                     mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;

                     sex behavior or attitudes;

                     illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;

                     critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;

                     legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;

                      religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or

                     income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects federal law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
   
                                    Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
   
                                    20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 280.3; 256B; 282.1, .3, .6 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(13), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    607.2    Student Health Services

Approved    2-15-2010                    
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:46

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete forty eight (48) credits prior to
graduation.  The following credits will be required:

                  Language Arts                            8     credits

                  Science                                          6     credits

                  Mathematics                               6     credits

                  Social Studies                             6     credits

                  Computer Applications         1     credit

                  Physical Education                 2     credits, unless excused for cause

                  Electives                                 19     credits

 

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.

Graduation requirements for special education students will be in accordance with the prescribed course of study as described in their Individualized  Education Program
(IEP).  Each student's IEP will include a statement of the projected date of graduation at least 18 months in advance of the projected date and the criteria to be used in
determining whether graduation will occur.  Prior to the special education student's graduation, the IEP team will determine whether the graduation criteria have been met. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2; .3(7); .5; 41.12(6)(e); 67 (8).

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed    7-20-2015                      
Revised                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:45

505.6 - Early Graduation

505.6 - Early Graduation

Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve.  Students may graduate prior to this time
if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district.  However, the student who graduates early may
participate in commencement exercises and prom activities, but not the senior class trip or other school activities.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.  School districts do not have the authority to limit when a student may graduate early.  Students can graduate early whenever they meet the
school district's graduation requirements.  It is recommended that when a student graduates early, the student either gets the diploma or a notice from the school district that the
student has graduated.  The board should determine in policy how an early graduate will be treated after the student graduates.  The board should determine whether the early
graduate will be allowed to participate in activities and, if so, which activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2; .3(7); .5.

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:42

505.7 - Commencement

505.7 - Commencement

Students who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement proceedings provided they abide by the proceedings organized by
the school district. Home school students (enrolled in the senior class) who have attended a full academic standing may participate in the graduation ceremony at the discretion
of the administration. Home school students who have not met the graduation requirements may receive an attendance certificate. Foreign exchange students who are in good
standing may participate in the graduation ceremony at the discretion of administration. Foreign exchange students who have met the graduation requirements may receive an
attendance certificate. It is the responsibility of the principal to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.  The Board of
Education may exclude students from participation for violation of rules established for the orderly governance of schools.

Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of
high school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2; .3(7); .5.

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised   03-19-18      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:41

505.8 - Parental Involvement

505.8 - Parental Involvement

Parental involvement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The board encourages parents to become involved in their child’s education to ensure
the child’s academic success

It is the policy of North Mahaska Community Schools that parents of participating children shall have the opportunity to be involved jointly in the development of the
district plan and in the district’s review process for the purpose of school improvement. Recognizing that parental involvement is the key to academic achievement, we
seek to involve parents in an effective home-school partnership that will provide the best possible education for our students. The district provides coordination, technical
assistance and other supports necessary to aid in the planning and implementation of parent involvement activities. The district encourages parent involvement and
supports this partnership through providing information about standards and assessments; providing training and materials for parents to help their children; educating
school personnel about involving parents and the value of parent contributions; and developing roles for community organizations and businesses to work with parents |
and schools.

1.          This jointly developed and agreed upon written policy is distributed to parents of participating Title I children and all parents through the Parent Handbook
which is distributed to every family at the beginning of each school year.

2.          An annual meeting is held, for all parents of participating children.  Additional meetings with flexible times shall be held throughout the year as determined by
parents and/or teachers. Notification for these meetings will be sent in the district newsletter or set up via phone conversation.

3.          Parents are given assistance in understanding the Title I requirements, standards, and assessments through the annual meetings and parent-teacher conferences.

4.          Parents receive an explanation of the school’s performance profile, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the expected
proficiency levels in the annual progress report distributed to all box holders in the spring of the year, through individual reports given to parents at conference
time, and through report cards.

5.          In targeted assistance buildings parents are informed of and involved with their child’s participation in the Title I program. They also are informed about the
curriculum, instructional objectives, and methods used in the program. This information is delivered through newsletters, conferences and the annual meetings.

6.          Parent recommendations are encouraged and responded to in a timely manner. Verbal or written responses will be given for all recommendations.

7.          Parents will be involved with the planning, review, and improvement of the school wide programs. The vehicle used will be the School Improvement Citizens
Advisory Committee. If the school wide program is not satisfactory to the parents of participating children, they may submit comments to the School
Improvement Citizens Advisory Committee.

8.          A jointly developed school/parent compact outlines how parents, the entire school staff, and students all share responsibility for improved student achievement.
The compact also describes the means by which the school and parents will build and develop a partnership to help children achieve our local high standards. It
is distributed in the parent handbook and is reviewed at the annual meetings.

9.          The Title I program provides opportunities for parents to become partners with the school in promoting the education of their children both at home and at
               school. Parents are given help monitoring their student’s progress and provided assistance on how to participate in decisions related to their student’s education.
               The school also provides other reasonable support for parental involvement activities as requested by parents. Parents are encouraged to participate as
               volunteers in the school setting. Individual conferences will also be held upon request. A reading library, which contains reports on educational issues, books,
               and videos, are available to parents for check out at the North Mahaska Elementary building.

10.        The school continues to coordinate and integrate, to the extent feasible and appropriate, the parent involvement policy and other programs and activities within
the district. Transitional information for students moving from sixth grade to seventh grade will be provided to parents at North Mahaska Elementary at the
annual spring meeting.

11.        An annual evaluation of this parental involvement policy shall be conducted to determine its effectiveness. Findings will be used to design strategies for school
improvement and revision of policies. The annual spring meetings will serve as the site for the discussions of program adjustments.

Providing all North Mahaska Community School District’s children with equal access to quality education is of primary purpose. It is crucial that all partners (students,
parents, educators, and communities) have the opportunity to provide input and offer resources to meet this purpose. As these partnerships are mutually beneficial,
developing cooperative efforts will ensure improved academic achievement for all students.

The board will review this policy annually.  The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been
amended during the school year.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy

 

 

Legal References:  No Child Left Behind, Title I, Sec. 1118, P.L. 107-110. (2002)

Cross References:  903.2    Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved     2-15-2010                         
Reviewed   
_7-20-2015_                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:36

506 - Student Records

506 - Student Records dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:16

506.1 - Student Records Access

506.1 - Student Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining student records and preserving their confidentiality.  Student records containing personally identifiable information are kept
confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages.  The board secretary is the custodian of student records.  Student records may be maintained in the central
administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center.  Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored
child-care programs.

Parents and eligible students will have access to the student's records during the regular business hours of the school district.  An eligible student is a student who has reached
eighteen years of age or is attending an institution of postsecondary education at the post high school level.  Parents of an eligible student are provided access to the student
records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code.  In that case, the parents may be
provided access without the written permission of the student.  A representative of the parents or eligible student, who has received written permission from the parents or eligible
student, may inspect and review a special education student's records.  Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school
district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.  Parents may inspect an
instrument used for the purpose of collection of student personal information prior to the instrument’s use.

A student record may contain information on more than one student.  Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the
information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the
request is made.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's records prior to an Individualized Education
Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of student records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the student records.  Fees for
copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records.  A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from student
records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the student records and a list of the types and locations of
education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the student records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student, the parents or an
eligible student may request that the school district amend the student records.  The school district will decide whether to amend the student records within a reasonable time after
receipt of the request.  If the school district determines an amendment is made to the student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the
eligible student of the decision in writing.

If the school district determines that amendment of the student's record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the
hearing officer provided by the school district.

If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a
right to place an explanatory letter in the student record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. 
Additions to the student's records will become a part of the student record and be maintained like other student records.  If the school district discloses the student records, the
explanation by the parents will also be disclosed.

Student records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission.  This disclosure is made on the condition that the student
record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student.  This disclosure may be made to the following individuals or under
the following circumstances:

                  to school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not
limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;

                  to officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the student records are being sent and
the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that
records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;

                  to the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;

                  in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received if the information is necessary to receive the financial aid;

                  to organizations conducting educational studies and the study does not release personally identifiable information;

                  to accrediting organizations;

                  to parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;

                  to comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies;

                  in connection with a health or safety emergency; or

                  as directory information.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's records without the permission of the parents or
the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public
inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's records, the date access was given and
their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records.  The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents,
authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s records.  This list for a student record may be accessed by the
parents, the eligible student and the custodian of student records. 

Permanent student records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be
maintained without time limitation.  Permanent student records will be kept in a fire-safe vault.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent student records, no longer needs to be maintained by the school district to provide educational services to a special
education student, the parents or eligible student are notified.  This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district.  If the parents or
eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records.  Prior to the destruction of the records, the school
district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  In the absence of
parents or an eligible student's request to destroy the records, the school district must maintain the records for at least three years after an individual is determined to be no longer
eligible for special education.

The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved
with the juvenile justice system.  The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies involved.

The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the
agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and
out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to
correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to
effectively serve the student.  Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or
court order.  Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court
order.  Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or
coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family. 

Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a
student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by
law.

Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a
student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.  The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has
violated the intent or letter of the agreement.

Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled.  The principal will then forward copies of the records within 10 business
days of the request.]

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy.  Employees will also be informed about the
procedures for carrying out this policy. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students of their right to inspect and review the student's records.  The notice is given in a
parents' or eligible student's native language.  Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the
school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy.  Complaints are forwarded to
Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-4605.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and includes the information required by state and federal law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title IX, Sec. 9528, P.L.107-110 (2002).
   
                                    USA Patriot Act, Sec. 507, P.L. 107-56. (2001).
   
                                    20 U.S.C. § 1232g, 1415 (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300.560 - .574 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B, 280.24,.25, 622.10 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 41.20
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    603.3    Special Education
   
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
                           
            901       Public Examination of School District Records\

Approved     2-15-2010                   
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:22

506.1E1 - Record Checklist

506.1E1 - Record Checklist

Copy to Parent Upon Request 

               _____ Parent Signature Required

**User Must Submit. Written Request*

               _____ No Parent Signature Required

               _____ Parent Notified in Advance

               _____ Parent Notified of Release

                _____ Request Made Part of Student Record

                _____ Schedule Hearing Following Decision with Parent

               _____ Subpoena or Judicial Order Lawfully Issued

                _____ Student Financial Aid Written Request

               _____ School or Staff in Same School System

                                                                            

No Written Request Necessary

              _____ Other School System Where Student Plans to Enroll

Forms:

506.1E2 United States Comptroller General

506.1E2 Dept. of Health,Education and Welfare Secretary

506.1E2National Institute of Education

506.1E2Iowa Dept. of Education Official

506.1E2Parent Inspection of Student Educational Records

5061.E3Notification of Transfer of Student Records

506.1E4Parent Authorization for School to Release Information

506.1E5Parent Request for Hearing to Challenge Record

506.1E6

*Such written request is available for inspection by the parent or student and the school official responsible for record maintenance.

**When a student has attained the age of 18 years or is attending an institution of post-secondary education, the permission or consent required of the rights accorded the parent of
the student will thereafter be required of and accorded only to the student.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:40

506.1E2 - Non-parent Examination Request

506.1E2 - Non-parent Examination Request

The undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the North Mahaska Community School District's official student records of:

 

_________________________________________               ____________________________
Legal Name of Student                                                               Date of Birth

 

  The undersigned requests copies of the following official student records of the above student: 

 

 

The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):

        ___ (a)An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll.

        ___ (b)An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States.

        ___ (c)An authorized representative of the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education or U.S. Attorney General

        ___ (d)An administrative head of an education agency as  defined in Section 408 of the Education Amendments of 1974.

        ___ (e)An official of the Iowa Department of Education.

        ___ (f)A person connected with the student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid

                                    (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE.)

       ___ (g)A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district has an interagency agreement.

            The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be redisclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the
student, or the student if the student is of majority age.

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Signature                                                                      Title

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Agency                                                             Date Approved

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Address                                                                        Phone Number

 

_________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:39

506.1E3 - Release of Records

506.1E3 - Release of Records

The undersigned hereby authorizes North Mahaska School District to release copies of the following official student records concerning:

 

_________________________________________               ____________________________
Full Legal Name of Student                                                         Date of Birth

from 20          to 20        

 

 

_________________________________________                     ____________________________
Name of Last School Attended                                                Year(s) of Attendance

 

 

The reason for this request is:

 

 

My relationship to the child is:

 

 

Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:

            (  )  the undersigned

            (  )  the student

            (  )  other (please specify)

 

 

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Signature                                                                      Date

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Address                                                                        Phone Number

 

_________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:38

506.1E4 - Hearing Request

506.1E4 - Hearing Request

To:

Address:

Board Secretary (Custodian)

I believe certain official student records of my child,                                                                           ,
                                                                                                   (full legal name of student)

                                                  are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights of my child.
           (school name)

The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:

 

 

The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:

 

 

My relationship to the child is:

 

 

I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in

writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in

writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child's record

stating I disagree with the decision and why.

 

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Signature                                                                      Date

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Address                                                                        Phone Number

_________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:37

506.1E5 - Examination Request

506.1E5 - Examination Request

To:

Address:

Board Secretary (Custodian)

The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records of:

 

_________________________________________               ____________________________
Full Legal Name of Student                                                         Date of Birth

 

_____________            ___________________________________________________________
Grade                           Name of School

My relationship to the student is:

Check one:

                        ____I do desire a copy of such records.

                        ____I do not desire a copy of such records. 

 

I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Parent's Signature                                                          Date

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Address                                                                        Phone Number

 

_________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip

 

APPROVED:

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Signature                                                                      Title

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Address                                                                        Date

 

_________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:35

506.1E6 - Transfer Notice

506.1E6 - Transfer Notice

To:

 

Date:

 

Parent/or Guardian:

 

Street Address:

 

City/State ZIP:

 

 

Please be notified that copies of the North Mahaska Community School District's official student

records concerning                                        , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:

 

 

School District Name:

 

Address:

 

 

 

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here            and return this form to the undersigned.  A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge
the contents of such records.

 

 

 

___________________________________        ______________________________
Name                                                                           Title

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:34

506.1E7 - Subpeona - Letter to Parent

506.1E7 - Subpeona - Letter to Parent

 

 

Date:

 

Dear                                               :
          Parent

This letter is to notify you that the North Mahaska Community School District has received a      (subpoena or court order)     requesting copies of your child's permanent records. 
The specific records requested are                                                                                                        .

The school district has until   (date on subpoena or court order)   to deliver the documents to   (requesting party on subpoena or court order).  If you have any questions, please do
not hesitate to contact me at   (phone #)    .

 

Sincerely,

 

 

(Principal or Superintendent)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:33

506.1E8 - Juvenile Agency Sharing Agreement

506.1E8 - Juvenile Agency Sharing Agreement

Statement of Purpose:  The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in
order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support
alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and
appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

Identification of Agencies:  This agreement is between the North Mahaska Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and the Mahaska County Sheriff's Office and
the New Sharon Police Department (hereinafter "Agencies").

Statutory Authority:  This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38 (2004).

Parameters of Information Exchange:

        1.       The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's
ability to effectively serve the student.

        2.       Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.

        3.       Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court
order.

        4.       Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or
coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.

5.       Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained
from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

6.        Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.

        7.       This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their
own respective confidentiality policies.

Records' Transmission:  The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled.  The
principal will forward the records within 10 business days of the request.

Confidentiality:  Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless
otherwise provided by law.  Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written
consent is obtained from a student's parent.  Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action
pursuant to federal and state law. 

Amendments:  This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing.  Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion
of the school district.

Term:  This agreement is effective from February 15, 2010.

Termination:  The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.

 

APPROVED:

 

Signature:  ________________________________________   Title: _________________________

 

Address: _______________________________  City: ____________ State: __________ ZIP: _____

 

Agency: _________________________________________________________________________

 

Phone Number: ____________________                                                        Dated: ______________

 

 

Signature:  ________________________________________   Title: _________________________

 

Address: _______________________________  City: ____________ State: __________ ZIP: _____

 

Agency: _________________________________________________________________________

 

Phone Number: ____________________                                                        Dated: ______________

 

 

Signature:  ________________________________________   Title: _________________________

 

Address: _______________________________  City: ____________ State: __________ ZIP: _____

 

Agency: _________________________________________________________________________

 

Phone Number: ____________________                                                        Dated: ______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:32

506.1E9 - Annual Notice

506.1E9 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's
education records.  They are:

(1)     The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect.  The principal will make
arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

(2)     The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the
|student's privacy rights.

Parents or eligible students may ask the school district to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading.  They should write the school principal,
clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading.

If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and
advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent
or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.

(3)     The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes
disclosure without consent.

One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person
employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a
person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA
employees, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student
assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll.

(4)    The right to inform the school district that the parent does not want directory information, as defined below, to be released.  Directory information can be released
without prior parental consent. The school district will not market or sell directory information without prior consent of the parent. 

Any student over the age of eighteen or parent not wanting this information released to the public must make object in writing by September 1 to the principal.  The
objection needs to be renewed annually. 

                Directory information includes:

                NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE LISTING, DATE AND PLACE OF BIRTH, E- MAIL ADDRESS, GRADE LEVEL, ENROLLMENT STATUS, MAJOR
FIELD OF STUDY, PARTICIPATION IN OFFICIALLY RECOGNIZED ACTIVITIES AND SPORTS, WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF MEMBERS OF ATHLETIC
TEAMS, DATES OF ATTENDANCE, DEGREES AND AWARDS RECEIVED, THE MOST RECENT PREVIOUS SCHOOL OR INSTITUTION ATTENDED BY THE
STUDENT, PHOTOGRAPH AND LIKENESS AND OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION.

(5)     The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The
name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:

Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

The School District may share any information with the Parties contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to
effectively serve the student.  Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Parties without parental consent
or court order.  Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Parties after adjudication only with parental consent or a court
order.  Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or
coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.  Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which
take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

Information obtained from others shall not be used for the basis of disciplinary action of the student.  This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information
and the purposes for which that information can be used.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:30

506.1R1 - Student Records Regulation

506.1R1 - Student Records Regulation

Student records are all official records, files, and data directly related to students, including all material incorporated into each student's cumulative record folder and intended
for school use or to be available to parties outside the school or school system specifically including, but not necessarily limited to:  dates of attendance; academic work
completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory
results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from parents for access to their child's records, use of the data, and procedures
for its transmittal within forty-five calendar days.

 

A.  Access to Records

1.  The parent or legal guardian of a student will have access to these records upon written request to the board secretary.  The parent or legal guardian will, upon written request to the board secretary, have the opportunity to receive an interpretation of the records, have the right to question the data, and, if a difference of opinion is noted, is permitted to file a letter in the cumulative folder stating the dissenting person's position.  If further challenge is made to the record, the normal appeal procedures established by school policy will be followed.  A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.

2.  School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest.  A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

 

B.  Release of Information Outside the School

1.  To release student records to other schools in which the student intends to enroll, the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student must be notified of the transfer and the kinds of information being released unless the school district annually notifies parents that the records will be sent automatically.

2.  Student records may be released to official education and other government agencies only if allowed by state and federal law.

3.  To release student records to other persons or agencies, written consent is given by the parent, legal guardian, or a student of majority age.  The consent form will state which records are released, to whom they are released, and the reason for the release.  A copy of the specific records being released will be made available to the person signing the release form if requested.

4.  Before furnishing student records in compliance with judicial orders or pursuant to any lawfully issued subpoena, the school district will make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent, legal guardian, or eligible student in advance.

5.  Student records may be shared with juvenile justice agencies with which the school district has an interagency agreement.  The information is shared without prior parental consent.  The agreement is a public document available for inspection.

 

C.  Hearing Procedures

1.  Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student's records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.

2.  The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student's request.  The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time, and place of hearing.

3.  The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.

4.  The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues.  The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual of their choice at their own expense.

5.  The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.

6.  The parents may appeal the hearing officer's decision to the superintendent within 5 days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.

7.  The parents may appeal the superintendent's decision, or the hearing officer's decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within 5 days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:27

506.2 - Student Directory

506.2 - Student Directory

Student directory information is designed to be used internally within the school district.  Directory information is defined in the annual notice.  It may include the student's
name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, e-mail address, grade level, enrollment status, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and
sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended
by the student, student ID number, user ID or other unique personal identifier, photograph and other likeness, and other similar information.  Student is defined as an enrolled
individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child care programs.

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents
of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to
deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300.560 - .574 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 22; 622.10 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 41.20.
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records
   
                                    902.4    Live Broadcast or videotaping

Approved     2-15-2010                   
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:19

506.2E1 - Release of Directory Information

506.2E1 - Release of Directory Information

The North Mahaska Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA).  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review in the office of the principal of all of our schools.

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such
information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information:  student's name, address and telephone number; date and place of birth; email address, grade
level, enrollment status, major field of study; participation in officially recognized activities and sports; weight and height of members of athletic teams; dates of attendance; degrees
and awards received; and the most recent previous educational institution attended by the student; photograph and other likeness and other similar information.  You have the right to
refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school
district in writing not later than September 1 of this school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

 

RETURN THIS FORM

North Mahaska Community School District Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for 20     - 20      school year.

 

Student Name:

 

Date of Birth:

 

School:

 

Grade:

 

 

                                                                                                                                                             
(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child)                                          (Date)

 

This form must be returned to your child's school no later than September 1, 20        .

Additional forms are available at your child's school.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:21

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

The student handbook or similar publication given to each student which contains general information about the school will contain the following statement which is published at
least annually in a prominent place or in a newspaper of general circulation in the school district:

The following information may be released to the public in regard to any individual student of the school district as needed.  Any student over the age of eighteen or
parent not wanting this information released to the public must make objection in writing by September 1 to the principal.  The objection needs to be renewed
annually.

NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE LISTING, EMAIL ADDRESS, DATE AND PLACE OF BIRTH, MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY, PARTICIPATION IN
OFFICIALLY RECOGNIZED ACTIVITIES AND SPORTS, WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF MEMBERS OF ATHLETIC TEAMS, DATES OF
ATTENDANCE, DEGREES AND AWARDS RECEIVED, THE MOST RECENT PREVIOUS SCHOOL OR INSTITUTION ATTENDED BY THE
STUDENT, PHOTOGRAPH AND LIKENESS AND OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION.

 

                 

                  DATED:    August 1, 20          .

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:20

506.3 - Student Photos

506.3 - Student Photos

The board will permit student "portrait" photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.

Parents will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student "portraits."  In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or
be pressured to purchase pictures.

Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

 

 

Approved     2-15-2010                   
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:18

506.4 - Library Circulation Records

506.4 - Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries and media center.  As a general rule,
student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a
student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner
and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety
emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the
student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent
for tax purposes.

It is the school librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records. 
Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying is
charged.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and a reflection of federal and Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 622.10 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  506       Student Records

Approved     2-15-2010                   
Reviewed
_7-20-2015__                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:17

507 - Student Health and Well-Being

507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:27

507.1 - Health and Immunization Certificates

507.1 - Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and
provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in
other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center.  Each student will submit an up-to-date
certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and
other immunizations required by law.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is
in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa
Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission.  The
district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid
Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

NOTE:  Physical examinations are not required by law but are strongly recommended.  Immunizations and the certificate of immunization are legal requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 280.13 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 33.5.
   
                                    641 I.A.C. 7.

Cross Reference:  402.2    Child Abuse Reporting
   
                                    501       Student Attendance
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:15

507.2 - Administration of Medications

507.2 - Administration of Medications

Some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the
medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by the licensed health personnel with the student and
the student's parent.  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent
shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases may self -
administer their medication upon approval of their parents and prescribing physician regardless of competency.  

Persons administering medication shall include the licensed registered nurse, parent, physician, and persons who have successfully completed a medication administration course reviewed
by the Board of Pharmacy Examiners. A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course
completion kept on file at the agency.

A written medication administration record shall be on file including:

date; student’s name; prescriber or person authorizing administration; medication; medication dosage;

administration time; administration method; signature and title of the person administering medication; and any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.  Medication information
shall be confidential information.

 

Note:    This law reflects the Iowa Department of Education’s special education administrative rule regarding administration of medication.  Since there are no rules addressing students
not receiving special education services, IASB has written the sample policies and regulations to address all students.  

Iowa law requires school districts to allow students with asthma or other airway constricting disease to carry and self-administer their medication as long as the parents and prescribing
physician report and approve in writing.  Students do not have to prove competency to the school district. The consent form, see 507.2E1, is all that is required.  School districts that
determine students are abusing their self-administration may either withdraw the self-administration if medically advisable or discipline the student, or both.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§124.101(1), 147.107, 152.1, 155A.4(2), 280.16, 280.23 (2007)
                                       
Education [281]—§41.12(11) IAC
   
                                    Pharmacy [657]—§8.32(124, 155A), IAC
   
                                    Nursing Board [655]—§6.2(152), IAC

Cross Reference:  506     Student Records
   
                                    507     Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    603.3  Special Education
                                    607.2  Student Health Services

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:07

507.2E1 - Administration of Medications Form

507.2E1 - Administration of Medications Form

___________________________________            ___/___/___         _________________            ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)                         Birthday                        School                          Date

In order for a student to self-administer medication for asthma or any airway constricting disease:

· Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.

· Physician (person licensed under chapter 148, 150, or 150A, physician, physician's assistant, advanced registered nurse practitioner, or other person licensed or registered to distribute or dispense a prescription drug or device in the course of professional practice in Iowa in accordance with section 147.107, or a person licensed by another state in a health field in which, under Iowa law, licensees in this state may legally prescribe drugs) provides written authorization containing:

                 purpose of the medication,

                 prescribed dosage,

                 times or;

                 special circumstances under which the medication is to be administered.

· The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication,  directions for use, and date.

· Authorization is renewed annually.  If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately.  The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease may possess and use the student's medication while in school, at school-sponsored
activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the
student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self- administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed.

Pursuant to state law, the school district or accredited nonpublic school and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-
administration of medication by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district or nonpublic school is to incur no liability,
except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication by the student as established by Iowa Code § 280.16.

 

                                                                                                                                               
Medication                   Dosage             Route                                                   Time

 

                                                                                                                                               
Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

 

                                                                                                            /           /          
Special Circumstances                                                              Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/

     Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                            /     /      
Prescriber’s Signature                                                                Date

 

                                                                                                                                               
Prescriber’s Address                                                                 Emergency Phone

 

· I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according
                        to the authorization and instructions.

· I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising,
                        monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication

· I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.

· I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

· I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).

· I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.

· Student maintains self-administration record.

 

 

                                                                                                            /           /          
Parent/Guardian Signature                                                         Date
(agreed to above statement)                              

 

                                                                                                                                               
Parent/Guardian Address                                                           Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                Business Phone

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:11

507.2E2 - Parent Form

507.2E2 - Parent Form

___________________________________            ___/___/___         _________________            ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)                      Birthday                        School                                    Date

School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:

· Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.

· The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.

· The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.

· Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

 

                                                                                                                                                              
Medication/Health Care                    Dosage                         Route                           Time at School

 

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

Administration instructions

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects

 

            /           /          
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                /           /          
Prescriber’s Signature                                                    Date

                                                                                                                                   
Prescriber's Address                                                      Emergency Phone

 

I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are
noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and
prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

 

 

                                                                                                            /           /          
Parent's Signature                                                                      Date

 

                                                                                                                                   
Parent's Address                                                                        Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                Business Phone

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

Additional Information

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 18:09

507.3 - Communicable Diseases

507.3 - Communicable Diseases

Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or
employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and
application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to
employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunosupressed students is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a
student with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health
officials.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a
communicable disease.

 

NOTE:  This policy is consistent with current health practices regarding communicable diseases.  The bloodborne pathogen language in the second paragraph and
accompanying regulation is in compliance with federal law on control of bloodborne pathogens.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
   
                                    29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 139 (2007).
   
                                    641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.

Cross Reference:  403.3    Communicable Diseases - Employees
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved   2-15-2010               
Reviewed     7-20-2015                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:39

507.3E2 - Reportable Infectious Diseases

507.3E2 - Reportable Infectious Diseases

While the school district is not responsible for reporting, the following infectious diseases are required to be reported to the state and local public health offices:

 

Acquired Immune                                    Leprosy                                                       Rubella (German
  Deficiency Syndrome                          Leptospirosis                                                       measles)
  (AIDS)                                                         Lyme disease                                             Rubeola (measles)
Amebiasis                                                    Malaria                                                         Salmonellosis
Anthrax                                                         Meningitis                                                   Shigellosis
Botulism                                                          (bacterial or viral)                                Tetanus
Brucellosis                                                  Mumps                                                          Toxic Shock Syndrome
Campylobacteriosis                               Parvovirus B 19                                        Trichinosis
Chlamydia trachomatis                             infection (fifth                                      Tuberculosis
Cholera                                                              disease and other                                 Tularemia
Diphtheria                                                        complications)                                      Typhoid fever
E. Coli 0157:h7                                        Pertussis                                                        Typhus fever
Encephalitis                                                 (whooping cough)                                 Venereal disease
Giardiasis                                                     Plague                                                          Chancroid
Hepatitis, viral                                           Poliomyelitis                                            Gonorrhea
  (A,B, Non A-                                            Psittacosis                                                  Granuloma Inguinale
  Non-B, Unspecified)                            Rabies                                                          Lymphogranuloma
Histoplasmosis                                          Reye's Syndrome                                    Venereum
Human Immunodeficiency                 Rheumatic fever                                       Syphilis
  Virus (HIV) infection                           Rocky Mountain                                       Yellow fever
  other than AIDS                                         spotted fever
Influenza                                                      Rubella (congenital
Legionellosis                                               syndrome)

 

Any other disease which is unusual in incidence, occurs in unusual numbers of circumstances, or appears to be of public health concern, e.g., epidemic diarrhea, food or
waterborne outbreaks, acute respiratory illness.

 

NOTE:  Be sure to mail the appropriate copies to both the state and local public health offices.  School districts must submit a report weekly if there are cases of mumps,
chicken pox, erythema infectiosum, gastroenteritis, influenza-like illnesses and if the number is greater than 10 percent of the school district's enrollment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:44

507.3E3 - Report Form

507.3E3 - Report Form

Source:  Iowa Department of Public Health (1997).

REPORT THE FOLLOWING DISEASES IMMEDIATELY BY TELEPHONE (1-800-362-2736)

 

                  Botulism                                 Yellow Fever

                  Poliomyelitis                        Cholera

                  Rabies (Human)                  Disease outbreaks of Diphtheria

                  Rubella                                    Plague

                  Rubeola (measles)              any public health concern

 

REPORT ALL OTHER DISEASES BELOW.                     

See 507.3E2  for list of reportable infectious diseases.

 

WEEK ENDING       ______________

 

___________________________   __________________________________  _____________________________    _________      ______
DISEASE                                                         PATIENT                                                                    COUNTY OR CITY                                      DOB                  SEX 

 

 

 

Name _________________________________________                Parent (If applicable) _______________________________________

Address_________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Attending Physician _______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Name _________________________________________                Parent (If applicable) _______________________________________

Address_________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Attending Physician _______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Name _________________________________________                Parent (If applicable) _______________________________________

Address_________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Attending Physician _______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Reporting Physician, Hospital, or Other Authorized Person:  ______________________________________________________________

Address:  _______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Remarks:________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

FOR SCHOOLS ONLY:  Report over 10% absent only. 

 

Total enrollment:                  

 

                                                      Monday              Tuesday            Wednesday               Thursday                    Friday

 

Number Absent                            ______               ______                  ______                    ______                     ______

 

% of Enrollment                           ______               ______                  ______                    ______                     ______

 

 

REPORT NUMBER OF CASES ONLY

 

                                    Chickenpox                                                                                                                  Gastroenteritis

                                    Erythema infectiosum (5th Disease)                                                                      Influenza-like illness (URI)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:40

507.4 - Illness - Injury

507.4 - Illness - Injury

When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district will attempt to notify the student's parents as soon as possible.

The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible.  An
ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.

It is the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.

Annually, parents are required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their
child.  The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.

The superintendent is responsible, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop rules and regulations governing the procedure in the event a student should become ill or be
injured at school.

 

NOTE:  This policy outlines the recommended practice.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 613.17 (2007).

Cross Reference:  507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:37

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year.  Fire and
tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

A.L.I.C.E. protocol will be used for intruder events and will be reviewed with staff each year.

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with
employees.  Employees will participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).

Cross Reference:  507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    711.10  School Bus Safety Instruction
   
                                    804       Safety Program

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed  
_7-20-2015__                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:36

507.6 - Student Insurance

507.6 - Student Insurance

Students will have the opportunity to participate in the health and accident insurance plan selected by the school district.  The cost of the health and accident insurance program
is borne by the student.  Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company
and the student.

Students participating in intramural or extracurricular athletics are required to have health and accident insurance.  The student will bring written proof of insurance or
participate in the health and accident insurance program selected by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed     7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:35

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a
disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district.  It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action
by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (2007).
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  506       Student Records
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:34

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students will receive special health services in conjunction
with their individualized education program. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

Note:  This is a mandatory policy and its accompanying regulations and they reflect Iowa law.  The regulation is new.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
   
                                    Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
    
                                   Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(7), 41.96

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:27

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students will receive special health services
in accordance with their individualized educational program.

A.    Definitions

"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and
the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation
considers the student's special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.  If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health
professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of
proficiency to licensed health personnel.

"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational
program.

"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the
eligible student's health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.

"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning,
implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this
written plan with the education team.

"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health
services and medications.

"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

“Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

                  Interpretation or intervention,

                  Administration of health procedures and health care, or

                   Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.                               

"Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in
which licensed health personnel are:     

                            physically present.

          available at the same site.

          available on call.

 

B.     Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

· Participate as a member of the education team.

· Provide the health assessment.

· Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.

· Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.

· Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.

· Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.

· Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and
   time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service 
and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.

· Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.

· Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.

· Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

 

C.     Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:

· Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.

· Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.

· Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.

· Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

 

D.    Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals
performing the special health services.  The documented rationale will include the following:

· Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk
    of 
improperly performed service.

· Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.

· Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.

· Review of the designated person's competency.

· Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

 

E.     Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

 

F.     Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan. 
Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.

 

G.    Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment is stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the
equipment are designated in the individual health plan.  The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply,
storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:29

507.9 - Wellness Policy

507.9 - Wellness Policy

The board promotes healthy students by supporting wellness, good nutrition and regular physical activity as a part of the total learning environment.  The school district
supports a healthy environment where students learn and participate in positive dietary and lifestyle practices.  By facilitating learning through the support and promotion
of good nutrition and physical activity, schools contribute to the basic health status of students.  Improved health optimizes student performance potential.

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors.  The entire school environment, not
just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good
nutrition and regular physical activity. 

The school district supports and promotes proper dietary habits contributing to students' health status and academic performance.  All foods available on school grounds
and at school-sponsored activities during the instructional day should meet or exceed the school district nutrition standards and in compliance with state and federal law. 
Foods should be served with consideration toward nutritional integrity, variety, appeal, taste, safety and packaging to ensure high-quality meals.  See the DE guidance on
Healthy Kids Act

The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and
reduced-price meals.  Toward this end, the school district may utilize electronic identification and payment systems; promote the availability of meals to all students;
and/or use nontraditional methods for serving meals, such as "grab-and-go" or classroom breakfast.

The school district will develop a local wellness policy committee comprised of parents, students, and representatives of the school food authority, the school board,
school administrators, the public, physical education teachers, and school health professionals.  The local wellness policy committee will develop a plan to
implement the local wellness policy and periodically review and update the policy.  The committee will designate an individual to monitor implementation and
evaluation of the policy.  The committee will report annually to the board and community regarding the content and effectiveness of this policy and recommend
updates if needed.  When monitoring implementation, schools will be evaluated individually with reports prepared by each school and the school district as a whole. 
The report will include which schools are in compliance with this policy, the extent to which this policy compares to model Wellness policies and describe the
progress made in achieving the goals of this policy. 

Specific Wellness Goals

  • specific goals for nutrition education and promotion, (see Appendix)
  • physical activity, (see Appendix)
  • other school-based activities that are designed to promote student wellness, (see Appendix)

The nutrition guidelines for all foods available will focus on promoting student health and reducing childhood obesity in the school district.

The board will monitor and evaluate this policy. (- see Appendix).

 

Appendix

Nutrition Education and Promotion

The school district will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that:

  • promotes fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, healthy food preparation methods and health-enhancing nutrition
    practices;
  • includes enjoyable, developmentally appropriate, culturally relevant participatory activities, such as contests, promotions, taste-testing, farm visits and
    school gardens;
  • emphasizes caloric balance between food intake and physical activity;
  • emphasizes reading a label and knowing nutritional values; and,
  • includes training for teachers and other staff.

 

Physical Activity

The school district will provide physical education that:

  • is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year;
  • is taught by a certified physical education teacher at least 60 minutes a week for elementary students and 90 minutes a week for middle and high school
    students;
  • includes students with disabilities (students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings); and,
  • engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time.

The elementary school should provide recess for students that:

  • is at least 40 minutes per day for PK-4 and preferably outdoors;
  • is at least 20 minutes per day for 5-6 and preferably outdoors;
  • encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,
  • discourages extended periods of inactivity (periods of two or more hours).

When activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic
breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.

Students will have a total physical activity time (including physical education, recess, and personal activity) for a minimum of 30 minutes per day for elementary (PK-5) 
students and 120 minutes per week for secondary (6-12) students.

 

Note - Iowa law now requires elementary students, K-5, to have 30 minutes of physical activity, not physical education, per day.  This requirement can be met
through a combination of PE, recess, classroom and other activities.  Middle and high school students must have at least 120 minutes of physical activity per week. 
Again this is not just physical education but can be met with a combination of PE, school and non-school sponsored athletics and other activities where the body is
exerted.  Should a student wish to meet the requirement outside of school, the student and school district must have an agreement detailing the outside activity.  A
physical activity sample agreement may be found on IASB's Web site at
http://www.ia-sb.org/WorkArea/showcontent.aspx?id=7768  or the Iowa Department of
Education Healthy Kids Act.

 

Physical Activity and Punishment

Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, pushups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.

 

Physical Activity Opportunities after School

After-school child care and enrichment programs will provide and encourage—verbally, and through the provision of space, equipment and activities—daily periods of
moderate to vigorous physical activity for all participants.

 

Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness

The school district will support parents’ efforts to provide a healthy diet and daily physical activity for their children .   The school district will:

  • discourage sedentary activities, such as watching television, playing computer games, etc.;
  • encourage classroom teachers to provide short physical activity breaks between lessons or classes, as appropriate;
  • encourage parents to pack healthy lunches and snacks and to refrain from including beverages and foods that do not meet the established nutrition standards for individual foods and beverages;
  • provide parents a list of foods that meet the school district’s snack standards and ideas for healthy celebrations/parties, rewards and fundraising activities;
  • include sharing information about physical activity and physical education through a web site, newsletter, other take-home materials, special events or physical education homework;
  • share information about nutritional content of meals with parents and students; and,
  • provide healthy alternatives for food sold individually.

Snacks served during the school day or in after-school care or enrichment programs will make a positive contribution to children’s diets and health, with an emphasis on
serving fruits and vegetables as the primary snacks and water as the primary beverage.  Schools will assess if and when to offer snacks based on timing of meals,
children’s nutritional needs, children’s ages and other considerations.  The school district will disseminate a list of healthful snack items to teachers, after-school program
personnel and parents.

All foods made available on campus adhere to food safety and security guidelines.

  • All foods made available on campus comply with the state and local food safety and sanitation regulations. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points
    (HACCP) plans and guidelines are implemented to prevent food illness in schools.  http://www.fns.usda.gov/tn/Resources/servingsafe_chapter6.pdf
  • For the safety and security of the food and facility, access to the food service operations are limited to child nutrition staff and authorized personnel. 

 

Plan for Measuring Implementation

Monitoring

The superintendent will ensure compliance with established school district-wide nutrition and physical activity wellness policies.

In each school:

  • the principal will ensure compliance with those policies in the school and will report on the school’s compliance to the superintendent; and,
  • food service staff, at the school or school district level, will ensure compliance with nutrition policies within food service areas and will report on this
    matter to the superintendent or principal.

In the school district:

  • the school district will report on the most recent USDA School Meals Initiative (SMI) review findings and any resulting changes.  If the school district has
    not received a SMI review from the state agency within the past five years, the school district will request from the state agency that a SMI review be
    scheduled as soon as possible;
  • the superintendent will develop a summary report every three years on school district-wide compliance with the school district’s established nutrition and
    physical activity wellness policies, based on input from schools within the school district; and,
  • the report will be provided to the school board and also distributed to all school wellness committees, parent/teacher organizations, principals and health
    services personnel in the school district.

 

Policy Review

To help with the initial development of the school district’s wellness policies, each school in the school district will conduct a baseline assessment of the school’s existing
nutrition and physical activity environments and practices.  The results of those school-by-school assessments will be compiled at the school district level to identify and
prioritize needs.

Assessments will be repeated every 3 years to help review policy compliance, assess progress and determine areas in need of improvement.  As part of that review, the
school district will review the nutrition and physical activity policies and practices and the provision of an environment that supports healthy eating and physical
activity.  The school district, and individual schools within the school district will, revise the wellness policies and develop work plans to facilitate their implementation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq. (2005)
   
                                    Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq., 
                                       
Iowa Code 256.7(29), 256.11(6)
                                       
281 IAC 12.5(19), 12.5(20), 58.11

Cross Reference:  504.5    Student Fund Raising
   
                            504.6    Student Activity Program
   
                            710       School Food Services

Approved _6-16-2014__                       
Reviewed  _7-20-2015__                
Revised  ______________        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:30

508 - Student Health

508 - Student Health dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:25

508.1 - Student Gifts

508.1 - Student Gifts

The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group.  While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board
encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2 (2007).

Cross Reference:  704.4    Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved    2-15-2010                          
Reviewed    7-20-2015                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:26

508.2 - Open Night

508.2 - Open Night

In keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Sunday or Wednesday night beyond 6:00 p.m. whenever possible.  It is the
responsibility of the principal and the athletic director to oversee the scheduling of school activities for compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  504.7 Social Events

Approved    2-15-2010                   
Reviewed    01/15/2018                        
Revised     01/15/2018              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 10/13/2021 - 17:25

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:45

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:23

601.1 - School Calendar

601.1 - School Calendar

The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district.  The school calendar is for a minimum of 1080 hours and includes, but is not limited
to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences.

The academic school year for students is for a minimum of 1080 hours in the school calendar.  The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23.
 Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met.
The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program. The board shall hold
a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.

 

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3, 299.1 (2) (20153).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106.

Cross Reference:  501.3    Compulsory Attendance
   
                                    601.2    School Day
   
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved    5/18/2015                          
Reviewed   
_7/18/2016__    
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:24

601.2 - School Day

601.2 - School Day

The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period.  The school day consists of the schedule of class
instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district.  Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be
counted as part of the student's instructional time.  The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten.  The school day will consist of a
schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any
five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development
opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day.  If the total hours of instructional time for the
first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero
hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(2), .2(3), .2(6).

Cross Reference:  601.1    School Calendar

Approved      6-20-11                            
Reviewed 7/18/2016            
Revised     12-15-2014  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:18

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:08

602.1 - Curriculum Development

602.1 - Curriculum Development

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of
the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is
conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts,
current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will
improve the learning experiences for all students.

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensure the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learning for our students.

Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.

Facilitates communication and coordination.

Improves classroom instruction.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities.  A curriculum
framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will at a
minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:

Study the latest thinking, trends research and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;

Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);

Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;

Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching and learning environment related to the content/discipline;

Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;

Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;

Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;

Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates (Core Curriculum, MCNS, school-to-work, etc);

Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the
prior learning of each level.

 

 

Approved      6-20-11                            
Reviewed 7/18/2016                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:17

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a
large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized
assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are
two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,

Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most
powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of
implementation.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary
to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following
curriculum implementation activities to:

Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;

Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources (See Policy 605.1)

Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content;

Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);

Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;

Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);

Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;

Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;

Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;

Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2004).
   
                                 34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3-.14 (2007).
                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8(1)(c)(1).

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                    103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved      6-20-11                            
Reviewed         7/18/2016                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:15

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and
can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the school district to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each
content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept
that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student
learning.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into
instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework will describe the procedures
that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the
procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:

Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;

Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;

Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;

Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;

Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);

Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);

Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;

Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);

Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;

Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);

Define data reporting procedures;

Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;

Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;

Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;

Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;

Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;

Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation
activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3-.14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8(1)(c)(1).

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                    103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved      6-20-11                            
Reviewed     7/18/2016                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:11

602.4 - Curriculum Pilot

602.4 - Curriculum Pilot

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended
by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of
Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the
project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or
unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects are designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a
program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered
for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents is in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2004).
                                   34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3-.14 (2007).
                                   281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved      6-20-11                            
Reviewed       7/18/2016                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:09

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:46

603.1 - Basic instruction

603.1 - Basic instruction

The basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education.  The instructional approach will be gender fair
and multicultural.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in preschool and kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication
skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to
the development of life skills and human growth and development.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth
and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth
and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English language arts (6 units), social studies (5 units), mathematics (6 units),
science (5 units), health (1 unit), physical education (1 unit), fine arts (3 units), foreign language (4 units), and vocational education (12 units).

The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.

Each instruction program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by
the board or superintendent.  Each instruction program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six,
grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.

NOTE:  This policy reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2004).
   
                                34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2004).
     
                                  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2007).
   
                                281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
     
                                  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
     
                                  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
     
                                  602       Curriculum Development
     
                                  603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6-20-2011                                                        
Reviewed    7/18/2016         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:04

603.2 - Summer School

603.2 - Summer School

Generally, only driver education and special education required by an Individual Education Plan will be offered during summer school.  However, the board, in its
discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas. 
This decision is within the discretion of the board.

Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability
of licensed employees to conduct summer school.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .11; 280.3, .14; 282.1A, .6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  410.3    Summer School Licensed Employees
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    711.7    Summer School Transportation

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed     7/18/2016                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:46

603.3 - Special Education

603.3 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related
services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age
twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic
and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The
appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the
area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school
district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2. 
This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects state and federal law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
    
                                   Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                            
           Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                    20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2007).
                                       
281 I.A.C. 41.

Cross Reference:  503       Student Discipline
   
                                    505.5    Graduation Requirements
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    507.2    Administration of Medication to Students
   
                                    507.8    Student Special Health Services
   
                                    601.1    School Calendar
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:01

603.4 - MCGF

603.4 - MCGF

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, socioeconomic status, color, gender, marital status,
national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.  The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation
for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society.  Special emphasis is placed on the value of multicultural
diversity.  It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    600       Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed    7/18/2016                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:50

603.5 - Health Education

603.5 - Health Education

Students in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health;
safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and
poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and
control of disease; and communicable diseases, including acquired immune deficiency syndrome.  The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect,
improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.

The areas stated above are included in health education and the instruction are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The
written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent.  The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the
alternate activity or study.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    607       Instructional Services

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:57

603.5E1 - HGD Excuse

603.5E1 - HGD Excuse

Student Name:   _____________________________________      Grade:   ___________

Parent/Guardian:  ____________________________________      Phone #:  ________________

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for
you to follow.

                            Objective                                                        Class / Grade

Ex.             To understand the consequences of         Health Education / 6
                  responsible and irresponsible sexual
                  behavior.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are
taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with
assignments required of all students in the class.

 

 

 

Signed:                                                                                                             Date:                 
                        (Parent or Guardian)

 

Signed:                                                                                                             Date:                
                        (School Administrator)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:59

603.6 - Physical Education

603.6 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the
health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

            the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or

            the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized
by the school which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 256.11 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed  7/18/2016                                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:55

603.7 - Career Education

603.7 - Career Education

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve. 
This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in
personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention should be
given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other
instructional programs.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

Cross Reference:  603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:54

603.8 - Religion

603.8 - Religion

The school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum.  The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the
world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum.  Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:

            the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;

            the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and

            the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

NOTE:  This policy and the accompanying regulation reflect the law on teaching religion in the public schools.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
    
                                    Lee v. Weisman. 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
    
                                    Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
    
                                    Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                   604.6    Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program
    
                                   606.4    School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved     6-20-2011                                                  
Reviewed     7/18/2016               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:51

603.8R1 - Religion Regulation

603.8R1 - Religion Regulation

The historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and
objective manner.  The selection of holidays to be studied will take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion.  Holiday-related
activities will be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and will be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time.  Teachers
will be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.

Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) will be permitted if presented in an objective manner
without sectarian indoctrination.  The emphasis on religious themes is only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation.  Religious
content included in student performances is selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and will seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs
and forms of expression.  Holiday programs, parties or performances will not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional
reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.

The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) are permitted
as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion.  The Christmas
tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.

Expressions of belief or non-belief initiated by individual students is permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate.  However, teachers may not require
projects or activities which indoctrinate or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or non-beliefs. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:52

603.9 - Academic Freedom

603.9 - Academic Freedom

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of
licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and
in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods. 
Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions
independently.

It is the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

NOTE:  The policy and accompanying regulation reflect current law on the subject.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    904.5    Distribution of Materials

Approved     6-20-2011                                                  
Reviewed   7/18/2016                  
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:48

603.9R1 - Controversial Issues

603.9R1 - Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere,
conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other
points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including,
but not limited to, political philosophies.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to
express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school
device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of
others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

 

Approved:_______                         
Reviewed:_____                                                     
Revised:_____

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:49

603.10 - Global Education

603.10 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through
twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's
self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

Cross Reference:  602       Curriculum Development
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6-20-2011                                                
Reviewed  7/18/2016                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:46

603.11 - Citizenship

603.11 - Citizenship

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to
assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and
privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district
community.  As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school
district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
    
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                    503       Student Discipline

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed    7/18/2016                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:44

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 16:53

604.1 - Competent Private Instruction (CPI)

604.1 - Competent Private Instruction (CPI)

The North Mahaska Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of
education outside the traditional school setting including private Instruction.  The applicable legal requirements of private instruction, including, but not
limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, In the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited
nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction.  Private instruction means Instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other
than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school.

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction.  The Iowa Department of Education recognizes
three options for delivery of this form of instruction:  two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent
private instruction.

Competent private instruction means private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be
met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, which results in the student making adequate progress.  Competent private
instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law.

Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria:  (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students,
(iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose,
(v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request
from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction Is provided, or from the director of the department of
education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names
of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a non-public school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) Is exempt from
all state statute and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law on competent private instruction and independent private Instruction.  For additional information,
including applicable forms, please visit the "Options for Educational Choice" section of the Iowa Department of Education's
website, located at https://www.educateiowa.gov/pk-12/options-educational-choice
.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§  299, 299A.
                                      281 I.A.C.31.

Cross Reference:  501            Student Attendance
                                      502           Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      504           Student Activities
                                      507.1        Student Health and Immunization Certificates
                                      604.7        Dual Enrollment
                                      604.9        Home School Assistance Program

Approved ________________       
Reviewed __
7/18/12016___     
Revised_____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:40

604.2 - Individualized Instruction

604.2 - Individualized Instruction

The board's primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program.  Generally, students attending
the school district will receive the regular education program offered by the district.  Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving
individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.

Recommendations from the superintendent for individualized instruction will state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the
employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the
value of the instruction.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for individualized instruction.  Progress of the students will be monitored through the SAT
team and at-risk or special education programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8, .10, .11; 280.3, .14; 299.1-.6, .11, .15, .24;
    
                                    299A (2007).

Cross Reference:  501.12  Pregnant Students
    
                                    604.1    Competent Private Instruction

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:39

604.3 - Gifted and Talented

604.3 - Gifted and Talented

The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.  The board will identify students with special abilities and provide
education programming.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of
certified staff.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    604.7    Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed  7/18/2106                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:37

604.4 - At-Risk

604.4 - At-Risk

The board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The board will provide a plan to encourage
and provide an opportunity for at-risk students to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for students at-risk which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of
certified staff.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 61; 65.

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    607.1    Student Guidance and Counseling Program

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:36

604.5 - Religious Exclusion

604.5 - Religious Exclusion

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent.  The board authorizes the administration
to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest.  Further, the exclusion must not
interfere with other school district operations.  Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs are required to do
an alternate supervised activity or study.

In notifying the superintendent, the parents will abide by the following:

            The notice is in writing;

            The objection is based on religious beliefs;

            The objection will state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;

            The objection will state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and

            The objection will state a proposed alternate activity or study.

The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination.  The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or
activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the
student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded,
whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next
grade level or for graduation.

 

NOTE:  Paragraph one of this policy reflects Iowa law regarding parents removing their children from parts of the education program

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
    
                                    Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
    
                                    Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
    
                                    Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.11(6); 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    606.4    School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved     6-20-2011             
Reviewed   7/18/2016                
Revis
ed                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:34

604.6 - Post Secondary Enrollment Opportunities (PSEO)

604.6 - Post Secondary Enrollment Opportunities (PSEO)

Students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or vocational-technical credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses
successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  The student may receive academic or vocational-technical credits through an agreement between a post-
secondary educational institution or with the board's approval on a case-by-case basis.

Students in grades nine through twelve who successfully complete courses in post-secondary educational institutions under an agreement between the school district and the
post-secondary educational institution will receive academic and vocational-technical credits in accordance with the agreement.

Students who have completed the eleventh grade but who have not completed the graduation requirements set out by the board may take up to seven semester hours of credit at a
post-secondary educational institution during the summer months when school is not in session if the student pays for the courses.  Upon successful completion of these summer
courses, the students will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board.  Successful completion of the course is
determined by the post-secondary educational institution.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the academic credit to be awarded to the student for the summer
courses.

The following factors are considered in the board's determination of whether a student will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements
set out by the board for a course at a post-secondary educational institution:

            the course is taken from a public or accredited private post-secondary educational institution;

            a comparable course is not offered in the school district. 
           A comparable course is one in which the subject matter or the purposes and objectives of the course are similar, in the judgment of the board, to a course offered in
           the 
school district;

            the course is in the discipline areas of mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, vocational-technical education, or a course offered in the community college
           career options program;

            the course is a credit-bearing course that leads to a degree;

            the course is not religious or sectarian; and

            the course meets any other requirements set out by the board.

Students in grades eleven and twelve who take courses, other than courses taken under an agreement between the school district and the post-secondary educational institution,
are responsible for transportation without reimbursement to and from the location where the course is being offered.

Ninth and tenth grade talented and gifted students and all students in grades eleven and twelve will be reimbursed for tuition and other costs directly related to the course up to
$250.  Students who take courses during the summer months when school is not in session are responsible for the costs of attendance for the courses.

Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit will reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course.  Prior to registering for the course, students
under age eighteen will have a parent sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit
for the course.  Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course for reasons beyond their control, including, but not limited to, the student's incapacity, death
in the family or a move to another district, may not be responsible for the costs of the course.  The school board may waive reimbursement of costs to the school district for the
previously listed reasons.  Students dissatisfied with a school board's decision may appeal to the AEA for a waiver of reimbursement.

The superintendent is responsible for annually notifying students and parents of the opportunity to take courses at post-secondary educational institutions in accordance with this
policy.  The superintendent will also be responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects current Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261C; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12, 22.

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    604.4    Program for Talented and Gifted Students

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed
7/18/2016     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 17:01

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with
state law and policy.  The student is considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should
notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district.  On the
form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central
administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate In the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled
In the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other
students enrolled the school district.  These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good
conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of applicable fees.

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be
responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.

After the student notifies the school district which activities in which they wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the
specific programs.

The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting and eligibility, shall be followed.  It is the
responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa's dual enrollment law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§  279.8, 299A.
                                                 281 I.A.C.31.

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                             503      Student Discipline
    
                                             504      Student Activities
    
                                             507      Student health and Well-Being
    
                                             604.1   Private Instruction
    
                                             604.9   Home School Assistance Program

Approve __________            
Reviewed _7/18/2016_                      
Revised _________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 16:59

604.8 - Foreign Students

604.8 - Foreign Students

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  Foreign students must be approved by the board.  The
board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of
the following requirements:

            The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;

            The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization
Services; or

            The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and

            The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

 

NOTE:  The only legal requirement for foreign students is stated in the second bullet.  However, the other requirements are strongly recommended.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
    
                                    507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 16:57

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program (HSAP)

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program (HSAP)

The board, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a home school assistance program.  This program
will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the
education of the student.

The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the home school assistance program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the
program.

Students registered for the home school assistance program will be counted in the basic enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.    The current copy of Competent Private Instruction Form A
provided by the department of education will be used for parents to apply for dual enrollment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 299A (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
    
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                    604.1    Competent Private Instruction
    
                                    604.7    Dual Enrollment

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 16:56

604.10 - On-Line Classes

604.10 - On-Line Classes

The board recognizes that on-line coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements but also have the opportunity to take
advanced or other courses not offered by the school district.

High school students may earn a maximum of 8 credits to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing on-line courses offered through agencies approved
by the board, such as E2020 and college on-line courses.  Credit from an on-line or virtual course may be earned only in the following circumstances:

· The course is not offered at the high school;

· Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from
     
meeting graduation requirements;

     The student needs recovery credit to graduate;

· The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;

· The student has been expelled from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; or

· The principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.

 

Students applying for permission to take a virtual course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in an on-line learning environment.  In addition, the express approval of the principal shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an
on-line course. The school must receive an official record of the final grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.

Provided courses are part of the student’s regular school day coursework and within budgetary parameters, the costs for a virtual course, such as textbooks or school
supplies, shall be borne by the parents unless the course qualifies for PSEO or concurrent enrollment, in which case, costs will be borne by the school with in those
program's parameters.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007)
                                     
281 I.A.C. 15

Cross Reference:  605.6    Internet Appropriate Use
    
                                    501.6    Student Transfers In

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016_____                  
Revised  __
________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 16:53

604.11 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

604.11 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

It is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and
collaboration.  The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district. 

While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that
employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege.  Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students. 

The district shall carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and
communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants.  Students and employees should be aware that online
platforms may be monitored by the district.  Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with
applicable laws.   

Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would
exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged
to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
                                       
47 U.S.C. §254
                                       
20 U.S.C. §6777
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 715C

Cross Reference:  104       Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment
                                       
401.13   Staff Technology Use/Social Networking
                                       
506.1     Student Records
                                       
605.4     Technology in the Classroom
                                       
605.6    Internet Appropriate Use
   
                                    501.6    Student Transfers In

Approved __________                         
Reviewed   __________                       
Revised  __
________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:19

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:34

605.1 - Selection

605.1 - Selection

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional
materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future
needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken
by licensed employees.

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of other
instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks.  Textbooks are reviewed as
needed and at least every 8 years.

Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2007).

Cross Reference:  209.1    Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    602       Curriculum Development
    
                                    605       Instructional Materials

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed    7/18/2016                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:31

605.2 - Inspection

605.2 - Inspection

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals,
or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for
inspection by parents. 

The instructional materials must be viewed on school district premises.  Copies may be obtained according to board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects federal law on the subject of parental rights to inspect instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2007).

Cross Reference:  602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    605       Instructional Materials
   
                                    901.1    Public Examination of School District Records

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed      7/18/2016                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:29

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2007).

Cross Reference:  215       Public Participation in Board Meetings
    
                                    402.5    Public Complaints About Employees
    
                                    602       Curriculum Development
    
                                    605       Instructional Materials

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016            
Revised                                                                             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:14

605.3E1 - Instructions to Committee

605.3E1 - Instructions to Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional
materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of
materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to provide an open forum for discussion of challenged materials and to make
an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the
committee is composed of community members.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional
decisions.  For this same reason, a community member will be selected to chair the committee.

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if
possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in
selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional
errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for disagreement.  However, the committee
should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the
greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

If the complainant chooses, the complainant may make an oral presentation to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee will listen to the
complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are
affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals
must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially
volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that
the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community
sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the
committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a
limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the
rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:27

605.3E2 - Reconsideration Forms

605.3E2 - Reconsideration Forms

Request for re-evaluation of printed or audiovisual material to be submitted to the superintendent.

REVIEW INITIATED BY:

DATE:

Name                                       ______________________________________

Address                                    ______________________________________

City/StateZip Code                    ______________________________________

Telephone                                 ______________________________________

School(s) in which item is used______________________________________

Relationship to school (parent, student, citizen, etc.) ______________________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Author                                      ______________________________________

Hardcover Paperback                ______________________________________

Other                                        ______________________________________

Title                                         ______________________________________

Publisher (if known)                  ______________________________________

Date of Publication                    ______________________________________

 AUDIOVISUAL MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

TitleProducer (if known)            ______________________________________

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.) ____________________________________

PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST REPRESENTS:    (circle one)  Self,  Group or Organization

Name of group              ______________________________________

Address of Group                      ______________________________________

 

1.What brought this item to your attention?

 

 

2.To what in the item do you object?  (please be specific; cite pages, or frames, etc.)

 

 

3.In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?

 

 

4.Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?

 

 

5.Did you review the entire item?  If not, what sections did you review?

 

 

6.Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?    Yes   no

            If yes, please list specific suggestions:

 

 

7.To replace this item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for the purpose intended?

 

 

8.Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?    Yes    No

            If Yes   (a)        Please call the office of the Superintendent

                        (b)        Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will require.______ Minutes  
                                     Although this is no guarantee that you’ll be allowed to present to the committee, or that you will get your requested amount of time.   
'

 

Dated   ___________                Signature  ______________________________________

 

 

Approved __________                      
Reviewed________               
Revised _______

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:25

605.3E3 - Sample Letter

605.3E3 - Sample Letter

Dear:

 

We recognize your concern about the use of                                                      in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of
instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

      1.   Instructional goals and objectives,

      2.   Instructional Materials Selection policy statement, and

      3.   Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials.

 

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt
attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:24

605.3R1 - Reconsideration Regulation

605.3R1 - Reconsideration Regulation

A.     Any resident of the school district may raise objection to instructional materials used in the district’s educational program despite the fact that
         individuals 
selecting such materials were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for
         selecting such material.

         1.  The school official or staff member receiving a complaint regarding instructional materials will try to resolve the issue informally.  The materials
               will remain in use unless removed through the procedure in section B6e of this rule.

                a.   The school official or staff member initially receiving a complaint will explain to the complainant the school’s selection procedure, criteria,
                      and 
qualifications of those persons selecting the materials.

                b.  The school official or staff member initially receiving a complaint will explain to the best of his or her ability the particular place the material
                      occupies in the educational program, its intended educational usefulness, and additional information regarding its use, or refer the
                      complaining 
party to the appropriate building principal.

         2.  In the event that the person making an objection to material is not satisfied with the initial explanation, the person raising the objection should be
              referred to 
librarian/media specialist or teacher.  If, after private counseling the complainant desires to file a formal complaint, the librarian/media
              specialist 
will assist in filling out a Reconsideration Request Form.

         3.  The individual receiving the initial complaint will advise the principal of the attendance center where the challenged material is being used, of the
               initial 
contact within one week of the complaint whether or not the complaint has been settled to the satisfaction of the complainant at the initial
               contact.  A 
written record of the contact will be maintained by the principal, and a notation will be kept in the media center records

          4.  The principal will review the selection and objection rules with the staff at least annually.  They will be reminded to handle such rightful 
               objections with 
courtesy and integrity.

B.     Request for Reconsideration

          1.  Any resident or employee of the school district may formally challenge instructional materials used in the district’s educational program on the
               basis 
of appropriateness.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the schools and the community who
               are not 
directly involved in the selection process.

          2.  Each attendance center and the school district’s central office will keep on hand and make available Reconsideration Request Forms.  All
               objections to 
instructional materials must be made on this form.

          3.  The Reconsideration Request Form will be signed by the complainant and filed with the building principal.

          4.  Within five business days of the filing of the form, the librarian/media specialist will file the material in question with the Reconsideration
               Committee for 
reevaluation.  The committee will recommend disposition to the librarian/ media specialist.  The librarian/media specialist will
               inform the building 
principal of the decision.  He or she will inform the superintendent who will report to the Board of Education concerning the
               decision of the committee.

          5.  Generally, access to challenged material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the
               material 
may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B6e of this rule.

          6.   The Reconsideration Committee

                a.  The Reconsideration Committee will be made up of 9 members.

                      1.  One school librarian/media specialist

                      2.  Two teachers from the appropriate building and grade level

                      3.  One counselor from the appropriate building

                       4.  Two community members at least one of whom is a parent

                       5.  Two students

                       6.  One building principal

                b.  The co-chairpersons of the committee will be the members from the counseling department and the school media center.

                c.  Each member of the committee will be furnished the selection and reconsideration policies and regulations.

                d.  No regularly scheduled meetings of the committee will be held in the absence of challenges.  Upon receipt of a formal Reconsideration
                     Request 
Form, the committee will be notified and assembled within five working days.

                e.  Special meetings may be called by the Superintendent to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  Temporary
                      removal will require a three-fourths vote of the committee.

                 f.  Notice of meetings will be made public through appropriate publications or other communications methods.

                g.  The committee will receive all Reconsideration Request Forms from the librarian/media specialist who will also report the findings of the
                     committee 
to the building principal.

                h.  The procedure for the first meeting following receipt of a Reconsideration Request Form is as follows:

                      1.  Distribute copies of the written request form.

                      2.  Allow the complainant or a group spokesperson an opportunity to talk about and expand upon the request form.

                      3.  Distribute reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the material when available.

                      4.  Distribute copies of the challenged material as available.

                i.  As a subsequent meeting, interested persons, including the complainant, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may
                    request 
that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.

                j.  The complainant will be kept informed by the acting secretary of the committee concerning the status of his/her complaint throughout the
                    reconsideration process.  The complainant and known interested parties along with the general public will be given appropriate notice of
                    committee 
meetings.

                k.  At the second or a subsequent meeting, as desired, the committee will make its decision in either open or closed session.  The committee’s
                    final decision must be one of the following:  (1)  to take no removal action,  (2)  to remove all or part of the challenged material from the
                    total 
school environment, or (3) to limit the educational use of the challenged material.  The sole criteria for the final decision shall be the
                    appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.  The vote on the decision will be by secret ballot.  The written decision and
                    its 
justification will be forwarded to the Superintendent through the building principal for appropriate action and to the complainant and the
                    appropriate 
attendance center(s).

                l.  A decision to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the professionals involved in the
                    original 
selection of the materials.

             m.  Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been before the committee must receive approval of a majority of the committee
                   members 
before the materials will again be reconsidered.  Every Reconsideration Request Form will be acted upon by the committee.

 

Note:  The Board of Education will reserve the right to make the final decision on any request to reconsider materials.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:15

605.4 - Technology Instruction

605.4 - Technology Instruction

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate
economic ways to utilize instructional television, audiovisual materials, computers, and other technological advances as a part of the curriculum.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent will report the results
of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(10), .5(22).

Cross Reference:  217.4    Board of Directors and Area Education Agency
    
                                    602       Curriculum Development
    
                                    605       Instructional Materials

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:13

605.5 - Media Centers

605.5 - Media Centers

The school district will maintain a media center in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the centers will be acquired according to board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the media center is located to oversee the use of materials in the media center.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for
the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 279.8; 280.14; 301 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Cross Reference:  602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    605       Instructional Materials

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed  7/18/2016                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:11

605.6 - Internet Acceptable Use Policy (AUP)

605.6 - Internet Acceptable Use Policy (AUP)

Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students.  Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet
will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students.  If a student already has
an electronic mail address, the student may, with the permission of the supervising teacher, be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.

The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees.  It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available
information.  Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.  The school district makes no
guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.  Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly
monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network.  Some students might encounter information that may not be of educational value.  Student Internet
records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records.  Students Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are
not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.  The school district will use technology
protection measure to protect students from inappropriate access.

Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet.  Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. 
Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations
and understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross References:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                    506       Student Records
    
                                    605.5    Media Centers

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed     7/18/2016                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:36

605.6E1 - Internet Access Permission Form

605.6E1 - Internet Access Permission Form

Your child has access to the Internet.  The vast domain of information contained within Internet's libraries can provide unlimited opportunities to students.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students at this time.  If a
student already has an electronic mail address, he/she may, with permission of the supervising teacher, be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.

Students will be expected to abide by the following network etiquette:

            The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  Students will abide by the polices and procedures of these other networks.

            Students will respect all copyright and license agreements.

            Students will cite all quotes, references, and sources.

            Students will only remain on the system long enough to get needed information.

            Students will apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.

            Student access for electronic mail will be through (the supervising teacher's account/their own account).  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:

Others may be able to read or access the mail, so private messages should not be sent.

Delete unwanted messages immediately.

Use of objectionable language is prohibited.

Always sign messages.

Always acknowledge receipt of a document or file.

            Students accessing Internet services that have a cost involved will be responsible for payment of those costs.

            Students will be expected to abide by additional details included in the Acceptable Use Policy Brochure

 

Please sign the form if you would like your child to be granted Internet access and return the permission form to your child's school.

 

Student Name __________________________     Grade ________    Date____________   

 

_____________________________________________________
(
Parent or guardian's signature)

 

If you have granted your child Internet access, please have them respond to the following:

I have read the expected network etiquette and agree to abide by these provisions.  I understand that violation of these provisions may constitute suspension or revocation of Internet privileges.

I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any Internet services that have a cost involved.

                                                               __________________________________________________    Date____________
                                                                          
(Student signature)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:09

605.6R1 - Acceptable Use Policy Regulation

605.6R1 - Acceptable Use Policy Regulation

See attached form

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:43

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources. In so
doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain
exempt purposes. Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web
-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine. Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is
permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met.

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to
abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law. In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate
copyright 
requirements in order to perform their duties properly. The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or
students. Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination. Violation of the copyright law by students may result in
discipline, up to and including, 
suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to
perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it. Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to
determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed. The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under
the law should contact the principal, teacher or teacher-librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected
material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Note: This is a mandatory policy. The policy is based upon federal law. It is strongly recommended the board seek legal counsel prior to making substantive edits to the policy and sample regulation.

 

 

Legal References:  17 U.S. Code Sec. 101 et al.
                                         
281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross References:  605.6 Internet Appropriate Use

Approved__6/20/2011__          
Reviewed __7/18/2016         
Revised __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:31

605.7R1 - Use of information Regulation

605.7R1 - Use of information Regulation

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied
does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the principal, teacher, or teacher-librarian. 
Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching,
scholarship or research.

Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:

• Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.

• Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.

• Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are
   followed.

• Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making
     a 
single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

• Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.

• Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.

• Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.

• Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing
            technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.  In preparing
            for 
instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:

                        • A chapter from a book;

                        • An article from a newspaper or periodical;

                        • A short story, short essay or short poem; or,

                        • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines. Each copy must include a notice of copyright.

• Brevity

            o A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;

            o Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be
                        copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;

            o Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;           

            o One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes
                        children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose. Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10
                        percent of the work.

• Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not areasonable length of time to request and receive permission to
copy.

• Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made. No more than one short poem, article, story or two
excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term.  Teachers
are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term. Limitations 
do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

 

Copying Limitations

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited. In those circumstances, the, principal, teacher or teacher-librarian  should be contacted. The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:

• Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.

• Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials
    such 
as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.

• Employees shall not:

            o Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other
                        copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;

            o Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;

            o Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;

            o Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright. The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE
                        PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.

            o Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's
                        use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.

            o Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

            • An unpublished work in its collection;

            • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.

            • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision. Technological protection measures may be circumvented for
                        purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one
article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter
circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is
to be used only for private study, scholarship or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

Teachers may:

            • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of
                        preparing for instruction;

            • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than
                        performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a
                       complete section, movement, or song;

            • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been
                        lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.

            • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;

            • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,

            • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if
                        none exist.

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.

Performances of non-dramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

            • The performance is not for a commercial purpose;

            • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,

            • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the
sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

 

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge
may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed
the first forty-five 
(45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed
immediately. Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the principal, teacher or teacher librarian or
the subscription database, e.g. united streaming.

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a
building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off-air recordings may be made only at
the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than
once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-
air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers. Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to
determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used
for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may not be physically or
electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast
program as recorded.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the
legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs. To this end, the following
guidelines shall be in effect:

            • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;

            • Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;

            • A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school
                        district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;

            • A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the, technology director; and,

            • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The adapted program may not be distributed.

 

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a
specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects.

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities. These projects may be used:

            • In face-to-face instruction;

            • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;

            • In assignments to students;

            • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;

            • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,

            • In their personal portfolios.

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:

            • Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;

            • Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;

            • Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater
                        than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;

            • Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the
                        work;

            • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a
                        collective work;

            • Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from
the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and
materials are restricted from further use.

 

 

Approved____________
Reviewed __7/18/2016__
Revised ______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 18:33

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:02

606.1 - Class Size

606.1 - Class Size

It is within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping will take place.  The board shall review the class sizes
annually.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board on class size based upon the financial condition of the school district, the qualifications of
and number of licensed employees, and other factors deemed relevant to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2007).

Cross Reference:  606.9    Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:08

606.2 - Ceremonies

606.2 - Ceremonies

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not
limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or
observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the
ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
    
                                    Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
    
                                    Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
    
                                    Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
    
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    604.6    Religious-Based Exclusion From A School Program

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:07

606.3 - Animals

606.3 - Animals

Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose.  Permission from the principal will be
required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities.  Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district
facilities.

The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school.  Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center
on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.

It is the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:06

606.4 - Student Productions

606.4 - Student Productions

Materials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district.  Materials and services produced by students at the
student's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  408.2    Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed    7/18/2016                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:05

606.5 - Field Trips

606.5 - Field Trips

The principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  The school district will
provide transportation for field trips and excursions. 

In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal will consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks
or dangers of the activity, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent.  Written parental permission and/or field trip permission consent on registration materials
will be required prior to the student's participation in field trips and excursions.  Verbal permission may be granted by the parent in an emergency.  The superintendent's
approval will be required for field trips and excursions outside the state.  Board approval will be required for field trips and excursions which involve unusual length, expense,
or an overnight stay.

Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance.  A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee or sponsor.  The school
district will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed.  Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of
the event. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (2004).
    
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Cross Reference:  503.1    Student Conduct
    
                                    503.4    Good Conduct Rule
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    711       Transportation

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:03

606.6 - Insufficient Class Space

606.6 - Insufficient Class Space

Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis.  In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider
several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical
space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the
school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size,
board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

This policy is reviewed by the board annually.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

NOTE:  This is a policy mandated by Iowa's open enrollment law and reflects the requirements of the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 282.18(13) (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
    
                                    501.16  Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
    
                                    606.2    Class Size - Class Grouping

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed  7/18/2016                                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:02

607 - Instructional Services

607 - Instructional Services dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:52

607.1 - Counseling

607.1 - Counseling

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The guidance counselor will be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the
qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their
personal, educational, and career development.  The program is coordinated with the education program and will involve licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 280.14; 622.10 (2007).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Cross Reference:  506       Student Records
    
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    604.5    Program for At-Risk Students

Approved     6-20-2011                         
Reviewed   7/18/2016                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 15:00

607.2 - Health Services

607.2 - Health Services

Health services are an integral part of comprehensive school improvement, assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services
coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social well being.  Student health services
ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s comprehensive school improvement plan, needs,
and resources determine the linkages.

The superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  The superintendent will provide a written
report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
 
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et  seq. (2004).
    
                                   20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq. (2004).
                                       
29 U.S.C. § 794(a)(2004)
                                       
28 C.F.R. 35
    
                                   34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq. (2004)
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 280.23 (2007).
                                       
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8; 41.12(11), .96.
                                       
282 I.A.C. 15.3(14); 22.
                                       
641 I.A.C. 7.
                                       
655 I.A.C. 6, 6.3(1), 6.3(6), 6.6(1), 7.

Cross Reference:  501.4          Entrance - Admissions
    
                                   507             Student Health and Well-Being

Approved     6-20-2011                   
Reviewed    7/18/2016                                                                   
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:54

607.2R1 - Health Services Regulation

607.2R1 - Health Services Regulation

Student Health Services Administrative Regulations

Student Health Services  - Each school building may develop a customized student health services program within comprehensive school improvement based on its
unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education program.

Supports to improve student achievement include:

qualified health personnel

school superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively

family and community involvement

optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement

Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:

                        health services

                        health education

                        nutrition

                        physical education and activity

                        healthy, safe environment counseling

                        psychological, and social services

                        staff wellness

                        family and community involvement

Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote
health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.

 

Student Health Services Essential Functions

A.  Identify student health needs:

1.   Provide individual initial and annual health assessments

2.   Provide needed health screenings

3.   Maintain and update confidential health records

4.   Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws

B.  Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:

1.   Link students to community resources and monitor follow through

2.   Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics

                    3.    Encourage appropriate use of heath care

C.  Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:

1.   Manage chronic and acute illnesses

2.   Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel

3.   Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students    with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with
          Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and    American with Disabilities Act (ADA)

4.   Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury

5.   Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations

6.   Promote optimal mental health

7.   Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment

                  8.    Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant

D.  Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:

1.   Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups

2.   Encourage injury and disease prevention practices

3.   Promote personal and public health practices

                   4.    Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education

E.  Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, school nurse, and school health team:

1.   Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance

2.   Establish health advisory council and school health team

3.   Develop health procedures and guidelines

4.   Collaborate with staff, families, and community

5.   Maintain and update confidential student school health records

6.   Coordinate program with all school health components

7.   Coordinate with school improvement

8.   Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs

9.   Organize scheduling and direct health services staff

10. Develop student health services annual status report

11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents

12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as
registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners

13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff

 

Expanded Health Services

These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 14:57

700 - AUXILIARY SERVICES

700 - AUXILIARY SERVICES Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:45

700 - Purpose of Services

700 - Purpose of Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's noninstructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These noninstructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and child care.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional noninstructional services to support the education program. To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail.

It is the goal of the board to provide noninstructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

 

Approved   4/2017                               
Reviewed         7/12/22                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 10:02

701 - Financial Accounting System

701 - Financial Accounting System dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:54

701.1 - Depository of Funds

701.1 - Depository of Funds

Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the
official school district depository or depositories.  The maximum deposit amount to be kept in the depository will be stated in the resolution.  The amount stated in the
resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.

 

Note:  While this policy is not mandatory, the content of it is.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 122C; 279.33 (2007).

Cross Reference:  210.1    Annual Meeting
                                        
206.4    Treasurer [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
                                        
704.1    Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 10:00

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution.  School district monies received without a
designated purpose may be transferred in this manner.  School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board
resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects
fund and debt service fund.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 279.8; 298A (2007).

Cross Reference:  701.3    Financial Records
                                        
703       Budget
                                        
704.2    Sale of Bonds

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:59

701.3 - Financial Records

701.3 - Financial Records

Financial records of the school district are maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law.  School district
monies are received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account.  The funds and accounts of the school district will include, but not be limited to:

Governmental fund type:

      General fund

      Special revenue fund

      --Management levy fund

      --Public education and recreation levy fund

      --Student activity fund

      Capital projects fund

             --Physical plant and equipment levy fund

      Debt service fund

Proprietary fund type:

      Enterprise fund

      --School nutrition fund

      --Child care fund

      Internal service fund

Fiduciary funds:

      Trust or agency funds

          --Expendable trust funds

          --Nonexpendable trust funds

          --Agency funds

          --Pension trust funds

Account groups:

      General fixed assets account group

      General long-term debt account group

As necessary the board may, by board resolution, create additional funds within the governmental, proprietary and fiduciary fund types.  The resolution shall state the type of
fund, name of the fund and purpose of the fund.

The general fund is used primarily for the education program.  Special revenue funds are used to account for monies restricted to a specific use by law.  Proprietary funds account
for operations of the school district operated similar to private business, and they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other
departments on a cost reimbursement basis.  Fiduciary funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity.  The
account groups are the accounting records for fixed assets and long-term debt.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school district's financial records to the attention of
the board.

 

Note:  The list of funds above does not include the "Library levy fund," which is only available to one school district.  The school district eligible to levy the library levy must
add this fund to its policy. GAAP makes references in the school district's policy manual to the "schoolhouse fun" obsolete.   Each reference to this term should be reviewed and
replaced with the proper GAAP fund/account.  References to the term "general fund" should also be reviewed to ensure it is properly used in the policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.23; 298A (2007).

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
                                       
705       Expenditures

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:57

701.4 - GAAP

701.4 - GAAP

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting
system provided by the Department of Education.  As advised by the school district's auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of
governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of
classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances
can be spent.  A formal board action is required to establish, modify, or rescind a committed fund balance.  The resolution will state the exact dollar amount.  In the event, the
board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

The Board authorizes the superintendent and board secretary to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54.  An 'assigned fund balance' should also be
reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make
recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31 (4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2011).

Cross Reference:  701.3                Financial Records
                                        
703                   Budget
                                        
704                   Revenue

Approved   6-20-2011                           
Reviewed    4-16-12                                                                  
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:55

702 - Cash In Building

702 - Cash In Building

The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day is sufficient for that day's operations.  Funds raised by students are kept in the central office.

A minimal amount of cash is kept in the central administration office at the close of the day.  Excess cash is deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations and to comply with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  701.1    Depository of Funds
                                        
704       Revenue

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:53

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:51

703.1 - Budget Planning

703.1 - Budget Planning

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the
education program within the revenues projected.

A budget for the school district is prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:

  • the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  • the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  • an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  • a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and business manager/board secretary to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 15 deadline each year.

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by
the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the
board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 15.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated
for official publication in the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 but no more
than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 15.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the
adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and other proper authorities.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and
adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the
amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618 (2007).

Cross Reference:  214       Public Hearings
                                       
703       Budget
                                       
704       Revenue
                                       
705       Expenditures

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:52

703.2 - Spending Plan

703.2 - Spending Plan

The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the
responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget and in support of the priorities established.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 24.9 (2007).

Cross Reference:  703       Budget
                                       
704       Revenue

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:51

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:38

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Misc Revenue

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Misc Revenue

Revenues of the school district are received by the board treasurer.  Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district will promptly turn them over to the board
treasurer.

Revenue, from whatever source, is accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the
revenues received by the school district in a timely manner.  School district funds from all sources will not be used for private gain or political purposes.

Tuition fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  The tuition fees for kindergarten through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year are set
by the board based upon the superintendent's recommendation in compliance with current law.  Tuition fees for summer school, driver's education and adult education are set by the
board prior to the offering of the programs.

The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials.  Materials fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  It is the
responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.

Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities are deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to
recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.

Proceeds from the sale of real property are placed in the physical plant and equipment levy (PPEL) fund.  The proceeds from the sale of other school district property are placed in the
general fund.

The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:

            Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;

            Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;

            Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or temporary students;

            Goods and services which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;

            Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;

            Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;

            Food service and sales; and,

            Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 23A; 257.2; 279.8; 282.2, .6, .24; 291.12, .13; 297.9-.12, .22; 301.1 (2007).

Cross Reference:  701.1    Depository of Funds
   
                                    703       Budget
   
                                    803       Selling and Leasing
   
                                    905       Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

Approved    4-16-12      
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:49

704.2 - Sale of Bonds

704.2 - Sale of Bonds

The board may conduct an election for the authority to issue bonded indebtedness.  Revenues generated from an approved bond issue are used only for the purpose stated on
the ballot.  Once the purpose on the ballot is completed, any balance remaining in a capital projects fund may be retained for future capital projects in accordance with the
purpose stated on the ballot or any remaining balance may be transferred by board resolution to the debt service fund or the physical plant and equipment levy fund.  Voter
approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund.

Revenues received from the issuing of bonded indebtedness are deposited into the capital projects fund.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A (2007).

Cross Reference:  701       Financial Accounting System
                                 704       Revenue

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:48

704.3 - Investments

704.3 - Investments

School district funds in excess of current needs are invested in compliance with this policy.  The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are:

  • To provide safety of the principal;
  • To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
  • To obtain a reasonable rate of return.

In making investments, the school district will exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.

School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds.  "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used
during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt.  When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or
less.  When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.

The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.

  • Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;
  • Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT); and,
  • Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.

The treasurer is responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio's performance, transaction activity and current
investments. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the
school district.

It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment
practices.  The investment practices are designed to prevent losses, to document the officers' and employees' responsibility for elements of the investment process and address
the capability of the management.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123 (2007).

Cross Reference:  206.4    Treasurer
                                       
704        Revenue

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:47

704.4 - Gifts Grants Bequests

704.4 - Gifts Grants Bequests

The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district.  The board will have sole
authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests are approved by the board.  Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the
school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district become the property of the school district.  Gifts, grants, and bequests are administered in accordance
with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  221       Gifts to Board of Directors
                                       
402.4    Gifts to Employees
                                       
508.1    Class or Student Group Gifts

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:45

704.5 - Student Activity Fund

704.5 - Student Activity Fund

Revenue raised by students or from student activities is deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund.  This revenue is the property of and is under the financial
control of the board.  Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the superintendent or building principal. 

Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities,
all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the superintendent or building principal.  They will be deposited in a designated depository
and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to assure that student activity accounts are up-to-date and complete.

Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will be moved to the general fund by board action  when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.23; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
                                       
701        Financial Accounting System

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:44

704.6 - Post Issuance Compliance

704.6 - Post Issuance Compliance

1.   Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer

      The Board Treasurer shall: 

a)      Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;

b)      Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;

c)      Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;

d)      Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.

 

2.  Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention

      The Board Treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:

a)      Form 8038;

b)      Minutes, resolutions and certificates;

c)      Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;

d)      Formal elections required by the IRS;

e)      Trustee statements;

f)      Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;

g)      Correspondence relating to bond financings; and

h)      Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.

 

3.  Proper Use of Proceeds

     The Board Treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:

 

a)      Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;

b)      Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;

c)      Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment

         from the Project Fund;

d)      Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);

e)      Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;

f)      Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;

g)      Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;

h)      Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;

i)       Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.

 

 

4.  Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance

      The Board Treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:

a)      Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;

b)      Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the "small  issuer" exception for said obligation;

c)      Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate.  In the event the school district fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:

1.   Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;

2.   Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.

 

5.  Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets

      The Board Treasurer shall:

a)      Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets.  Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;

b)      Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;

1.   management contracts;

2.   service agreements;

3.   research contracts;

4.   naming rights contracts;

5.   leases or sub-leases;

6.  joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;

7.   sale of property; or

8.   any other change in use of such asset.

c)      Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and

d)      Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.

 

6.  General Project Records

       For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the Board Treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:

a)      Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;

b)      Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;

c)      Depreciation schedules;

d)      Contracts respecting the project.

 

Approved    3-12-2012                              

Reviewed                                                                              

Revised 3-21-2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:39

705 - Expenditures

705 - Expenditures dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:32

705.1 - Purchasing Bidding

705.1 - Purchasing Bidding

The board supports economic development in Iowa.  Purchases by the school district will be made in Iowa for Iowa goods and services from a locally-owned business located
within the school district or from an Iowa-based company which offers these goods or services if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and they meet the
required specifications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those authorized by or requiring direct board action.  The superintendent may coordinate and combine
purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks.  Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of
equipment, accessories or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.

The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without competitive bids for goods and services costing under $10,000 without prior board approval.  For
goods and services costing more than $10,000 and less than $125,000, the superintendent will receive quote(s) of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of
the board.  Competitive sealed bids are required for purchases, other than emergency purchases, for goods and services that cost $125,000 or more, including school buses.

The purchase will be made from the lowest responsible bidder based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being
purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, the targeted small business procurement goal and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board and the superintendent will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to re-advertise.  The board will enter into such contract or contracts as the
board deems in the best interests of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 18.6(9); 23A; 28E.20; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285.10(3), .10(7); 301 (2007).
                                       
261 I.A.C. 54.
                                       
281 I.A.C. 43.25.
                                       
481 I.A.C. 25.
                                       
1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 115.
                                       
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.

Cross Reference:  705       Expenditures
                                       
801.4     Site Acquisition
                                       
802        Maintenance, Operation and Management
                                       
803        Selling and Leasing

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:36

705.2 - Purchases on Behalf of Employees

705.2 - Purchases on Behalf of Employees

Generally, the school district will not purchase items on behalf of employees.  The school district may in unusual and unique circumstances do so.  It is within the discretion of
the board to determine when unique and unusual circumstances exist.

No purchase is made unless the employee has paid the school district prior to the order being placed and the employee has agreed to be responsible for any taxes or other
expenses due.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  703       Budget

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:36

705.3 - Goods and Services

705.3 - Goods and Services

The board authorizes the issuance payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the payment after the goods and services have
been received and accepted in compliance with board policy.

The board authorizes the board secretary, upon approval of the superintendent, to issue payment for verified bills, for reasonable and necessary expenses, when the board is not
in session.  The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills.  The board will approve the bills at its next regular meeting.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It is the
responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.

The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp.  If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the
vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Love v. City of Des Moines, 210 Iowa 90, 230 N.W. 373 (1930).
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30, .36; 291.12; 721.2(5) (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102, 160, 720.
   
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 130, 180, 392, 456, 651.
   
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Cross Reference:  705       Expenditures

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:34

705.4 - Credit Cards

705.4 - Credit Cards

Employees may use school district credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred
in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for
school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the
performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose, and nature of the expense
for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt shall make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses shall be reimbursed to the school district no
later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper
receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district's record of claim.

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The
superintendent may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties.  The transportation director
may maintain a school district credit card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It shall be the responsibility of the
board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit card use by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school
business.

The superintendent shall be responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit card.  The
administrative regulations shall include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit card.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, §31
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30 (1997)
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3 (I)

Approved    11-17-2008                        
Reviewed    4-16-12                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:33

706 - Payroll Procedures

706 - Payroll Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:28

706.1 - Payroll Periods

706.1 - Payroll Periods

The payroll period for the school district is monthly.  Employees are paid on the 25th day of each month.  If this day is a holiday, recess, or weekend, the payroll is paid on the
last working day prior to the holiday, recess or weekend.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll periods of such employees will be
followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 91A.2(4), .3 (2007).

Cross Reference:  706.2    Payroll Deductions

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:32

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

Ease of administration is the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law.  Payroll deductions are made for federal income tax withholdings,
Iowa income tax withholdings, social security, and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System (IPERS).

Employees may elect to have payments withheld for professional dues, district-related and mutually agreed upon group insurance coverage, and/or tax sheltered annuity
programs.  Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the business manager.  Requests for purchase or change of tax-sheltered annuities may be made by the 10th
of the month.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll deductions of such employees will
be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-.9, .15-.16; 422 (2007).

Cross Reference:  406.6    Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs
   
                                    412.4    Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs
   
                                    706.1    Payroll Periods

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:31

706.3 - Pay Deductions

706.3 - Pay Deductions

The district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts
are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.

Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does
not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:

· the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,

· the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,

· the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or

· the employee chooses to use leave without pay.

In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay
for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. Sec. 2 13(a)
                                        
29 C.F.R. Part 541

Cross References:  409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
                                         
414.8    Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved    4-16-12                  
Received                                              
Revised                       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:28

706.3R1 - Pay Deductions Regulation

706.3R1 - Pay Deductions Regulation

The district complies with all applicable laws with respect to payment of wages and benefits to employees including laws such as the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Iowa
Wage Payment Collection Act.  The district will not make pay deductions that violate either the federal or state laws.

Any employee who believes that the district has made an inappropriate deduction or has failed to make proper payment regarding wages or benefits is encouraged to immediately
consult with the appropriate supervisor. Alternatively, any employee may file a formal written complaint with the Superintendent.   Within 15 business days of receiving the
complaint, the Superintendent will make a determination as to whether the pay deductions were appropriate and provide the employee with a written response that may include
reimbursement for any pay deductions that were not appropriately made.

This complaint procedure is available in addition to any other complaint process that also may be available to employees.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:30

707 - Fiscal Reports

707 - Fiscal Reports dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:19

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

The business manager/board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.  This report will be in written
form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7 (2007).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
   
                                    211.1    Annual Meeting
   
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:27

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

At the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and schoolhouse funds.  This report
is in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.  The treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing
the balance then on deposit.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.

 

NOTE:  The sentence regarding the sworn statement from the depository bank is a legal requirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33 (2007).

Cross Reference:  206.4    Treasurer [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
   
                                    211.1    Annual Meeting
   
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:26

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to
employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the legal requirements for school district publications.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.35, .36; 618 (2007).
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary [or Secretary-Treasurer]

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:25

707.4 - Audit

707.4 - Audit

To review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The
superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 11.6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  701       Financial Accounting System
   
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:24

707.5 - Internal Controls

707.5 - Internal Controls

The Board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act
with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected
with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal control is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal
controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall
be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor and the superintendent.  The superintendent
shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, and other internal or external
departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate.

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to
disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board vice-president, who shall be empowered to contact the
board’s legal counsel, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

Upon approval of the board, the superintendent may contact the State Auditor or elect to employ the school district’s auditing firm or State Auditor to conduct a complete or partial
forensic/internal control/SAS99 audit annually or otherwise as often as deemed necessary.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the
superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  The superintendent shall ensure the State Auditor is notified of any suspected
embezzlement or theft pursuant to Iowa law.  In the event, there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or
destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and including termination.

 

 

Legal References:  American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002, Pub. L. No. 107-204.
                                         Iowa Code ch. 11, 279.8 (2007).

Cross References:  707.6    Audit Committee

Approved    4-16-12                              

Revised __________                            
Reviewed __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:20

707.5R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

707.5R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

Fraud, financial improprieties, or irregularities include, but are not limited to:

· Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.

· Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.

· Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.

· Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.

· Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.

· Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.

· Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to
the district.

· Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.

· Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.

· Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.

· Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.

The superintendent shall investigate reports of fraudulent activity in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the parties and the facts.  All employees involved in the
investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a
report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The final disposition of the matter and any decision to file or not file a criminal complaint or to refer the matter to the appropriate law
enforcement and/or regulatory agency for independent investigation shall be made in consultation with district legal counsel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to
or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:23

708 - Care of Records

708 - Care of Records

School district records are housed in the central administration office of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the maintenance and
accuracy of the records.  The following records are kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

                  Secretary's financial records                                                     Permanently

                  Treasurer's financial records                                                     Permanently

                  Minutes of the Board of Directors                                          Permanently

                  Annual audit reports                                                                      Permanently

                  Annual budget                                                                                   Permanently

                  Permanent record of individual pupil                                  Permanently

                  Records of payment of judgments against
                  the school district                                                                           20 years

                  Bonds and bond coupons                                                           10 years

                  Written contracts                                                                            10 years

                  Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank
                  statements, bills, invoices, and
                  related records                                                                                  5 years

                  Recordings of closed meetings                                                1 year

                  Program grants                                                                                 As determined by the grant

                  Nonpayroll personnel records                                                  7 years

                  Payroll records                                                                                 3 years

Employees' records are housed in the central administration office of the school district.  The employees' records are maintained by the superintendent, the building
administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other nonconsumable items other than real property of the school district is conducted annually under the supervision of the
superintendent.  This report is filed with the board secretary.

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the
student attends.  Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault.  The building administrator is responsible for keeping these records current.  Records of students who
have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office.  These records will be maintained by the superintendent.

The superintendent may microfilm or microfiche school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old.  A properly
authenticated reproduction of a microfilmed record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.

 

NOTE:  Most of the time limits listed in this policy are legal requirements.  Where the law is silent, best practice time limits have been developed.  Prior to changing any of the
time limits listed, it is recommended that local counsel be contacted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W.2d 895 (Iowa 1988).
   
                                    City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc., 297 N.W.2d 523 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22.3, .7; 279.8, .15, .16; 304 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary [or Secretary/Treasurer]
   
                                    215       Board of Directors' Records
   
                                    401.5    Employee Records
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:13

709 - Insurance Program

709 - Insurance Program

The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability.  The board will
purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance.  The comprehensive insurance program is reviewed once
every three years.  Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not
significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $1,000 unless such insurance is required by statute or
contract. 

The board may retain a private organization for fixed assets management services. 

Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the
responsibility of the superintendent.  The superintendent is responsible for maintaining the fixed assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

 

NOTE:  The board may choose the amount of its deductible in paragraph three.  Since significant cost savings in insurance premiums can be generated with higher deductibles,
it is suggested the board give careful thought before subscribing to a deductible below $5,000.  Maintaining the replacement cost in the school district's fixed assets
management system allows the school district to ensure insurance coverage is at the appropriate level.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 298A; 517A.1; 670.7 (2007).
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.

                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 676.

Cross Reference:  205.2    Board Member Liability
   
                                    804       Safety Program

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:11

710 - School Food Services

710 - School Food Services dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:06

710.1 - School Food Program

710.1 - School Food Program

The school district will operate a school nutrition program in each attendance center.  The school nutrition program will include meals through participation in the National School Lunch Program. Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk and other incidental items.

School nutrition program facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities.  They may also be used under the supervision of the food service director for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with law and board policy.

The school nutrition program is operated on a nonprofit basis.  The revenues of the school nutrition program will be used only for the operation or improvement of such programs.  Supplies of the school nutrition program will only be used for the school nutrition program.

The board will set, and annually review, the prices for school nutrition programs.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of the school nutrition programs, in accordance with federal and state law. 

It is the responsibility of the food service director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and appropriate personnel for the proper functioning of the school nutrition program.

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710       School Food Services
   
                                    905       Use of School District Facilities and Equipment

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed    05-16-2022                                                                           
Revised      06-20-2022             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:10

710.1E1 - School Nutrition Program Notices of Nondiscrimination

710.1E1 - School Nutrition Program Notices of Nondiscrimination

USDA Nondiscrimination Statement 

In accordance with Federal civil rights law and U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) civil rights regulations and policies, the USDA, its Agencies, offices, and employees, and institutions participating in  or administering USDA programs are prohibited from discriminating based on race, color, national origin,  sex, disability, age, or reprisal or retaliation for prior civil rights activity in any program or activity  conducted or funded by USDA. 

Persons with disabilities who require alternative means of communication for program information (e.g.  Braille, large print, audiotape, American Sign Language, etc.), should contact the Agency (State or local) where they applied for benefits. Individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing or have speech disabilities may contact USDA through the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339. Additionally, program information may be made available in languages other than English. 

To file a program complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, (AD-3027) found online at: https://www.usda.gov/oascr/how-to-file-a-program-discrimination complaint, any USDA office, or write a letter addressed to USDA and provide in the letter all of the information requested in the form. To request a copy of the complaint form, call 866-632-9992. Submit your completed form or letter to USDA by: 

1. Mail: U.S. Department of Agriculture 

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights 

1400 Independence Avenue, SW 

Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 

2. Fax: 202-690-7442 

3. Email: program.intake@usda.gov 

This institution is an equal opportunity provider. 

Iowa Nondiscrimination Statement 

It is the policy of this CNP provider not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, sexual  orientation, gender identity, national origin, disability, age, or religion in its programs, activities, or  employment practices as required by the Iowa Code section 216.6, 216.7, and 216.9. If you have  questions or grievances related to compliance with this policy by this CNP Provider, please contact the  Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Grimes State Office Building, 400 E 14th St, Des Moines, IA 50319- 1004; phone number 515-281-4121 or 800-457-4416; website: https://icrc.iowa.gov/.

 

Approved 06-20-2022

Reviewed ___________

Revised __________

mcgriffs@nmwar… Mon, 06/27/2022 - 14:40

710.1E2 - Child Nutrition Programs Civil Rights Complaint Form

710.1E2 - Child Nutrition Programs Civil Rights Complaint Form

Complaint Contact Information: 

Name: 

Street Address, City, State, Zip:  

County: Area Code/Phone: 

Email Address: 

Complaint Information: 

1. Specific name and location of the entity and individual delivering the service or benefit: 

2. Describe the incident or action of the alleged discrimination or give an example of the situation that has a discriminatory effect on the public, potential program participants, or current participants: 

3. On what basis does the complainant feel discrimination exists (race, color, national origin, sex, age, disability, creed, sexual orientation, religion, gender identity, political party affiliation, actual/potential parental/family/marital status)? 

4. List the names, titles, and business addresses of persons who may have knowledge of the alleged discriminatory action: 

5. List the date(s) during which the alleged discriminatory actions occurred, or if continuing, the duration of such actions:  

6. Date complaint received:  

7. Person receiving complaint:  

8. Action(s) taken: 

USDA is the cognizant agency for the Child Nutrition Programs listed and therefore is the first contact for the six protected classes of race, color, national origin, sex, age, and disability for complaints received within 180 days.  Civil rights complaints must be submitted to the USDA Office of Civil Rights within five calendar days of receipt and no later than 180 days of the discriminatory act. The link for submission of a complaint is:  program.intake@usda.gov 

In Iowa, protected classes also include sexual orientation, gender identity, religion or creed and complaints can be filed up to 300 days of occurrence. The address for Iowa complaints is: Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Grimes State Office building, 400 E. 14th St. Des Moines, IA 50319-1004; phone number 515-281-4121, 800-457-4416; website: https://icrc.iowa.gov/

This institution is an equal opportunity provider. 12/2021

Approved 06-20-2022

Reviewed __________

Revised ____________

mcgriffs@nmwar… Mon, 06/27/2022 - 14:43

710.1R1 - School Food Program - School Nutrition Program Civil Rights Complaints Procedure

710.1R1 - School Food Program - School Nutrition Program Civil Rights Complaints Procedure

USDA Child Nutrition Programs in Iowa

Procedures for Handling a Civil Rights Complaint 

  1. Civil rights complaints related to the National School Lunch Program, School Breakfast Program, Afterschool Care Snack Program, Summer Food Service Program, Seamless Summer Option, or Child and Adult Care Food Program are written or verbal allegations of discrimination based on USDA protected classes of race, color, national origin, sex, age, and disability.
     
  2. Any person claiming discrimination has a right to file a complaint within 180 days of the alleged discrimination. See below for additional Iowa Civil Rights information. A civil rights complaint based on the protected classes listed in #1 above must be forwarded to the address on the nondiscrimination statement.
     
  3. All complaints, whether written or verbal, must be accepted by the School Food Authority (SFA)/Sponsor/Organization and forwarded to USDA at the address or link on the nondiscrimination statement within 5 calendar days of receipt. An anonymous complaint should be handled the same way as any other. Complaint forms may be developed, but their use cannot be required. If the complainant makes the allegations verbally or in a telephone conversation and is reluctant or refuses to put them in writing, the person who handles the complaint must document the description of the complaint.
     
  4. There must be enough information to identify the agency or individual toward which the complaint is directed and indicate the possibility of a violation. Every effort should be made to obtain at least the following information:
      
    • Name, address and telephone number or other means of contacting the complainant;
    • The specific location and name of the organization delivering the program service or benefit;
    • The nature of the incident(s) or action(s) that led the complainant to feel there was discrimination;
    • The basis on which the complainant feels discrimination occurred (race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability);
    • The names, titles, and addresses of people who may have knowledge of the discriminatory action(s); and
    • The date(s) when the alleged discriminatory action(s) occurred or, if continuing, the duration of such action(s).
  5. USDA is the cognizant agency for the Child Nutrition Programs listed and therefore is the first contact for the six protected classes listed in #1 above, for complaints received within 180 days. Civil rights complaints must be submitted to the USDA Office of Civil Rights within five calendar days of receipt and no later than 180 days of the discriminatory act. The link for submission of a complaint is: program.intake@usda.gov
     
  6. In Iowa, protected classes also include sexual orientation, gender identity, religion or creed and complaints can be filed up to 300 days of occurrence. The address for Iowa complaints is: Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Grimes State Office building, 400 E. 14th St. Des Moines, IA 50319- 1004; phone number 515-281-4121, 800-457-4416; website: https://icrc.iowa.gov/.

Bureau of Nutrition and Health, IDOE, 12/2021 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 283A

School Meal Programs

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 58

Education - Breakfast and Lunch Program

U.S.C - United States Code

Description

42 U.S.C. §§ 1751

Public Health - School Lunch Program

Cross References

Code

Description

710.02

Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

710.03

Vending Machines

710.04

Meal Charges

 

Approved 06-20-2022

Reviewed _________

Revised ___________

mcgriffs@nmwar… Mon, 06/27/2022 - 14:46

710.2 - Free and Reduced Eligibility

710.2 - Free and Reduced Eligibility

Students enrolled and attending school in the school district, who are unable to afford the special milk program, the cost or a portion of the cost of the school lunch, breakfast
and supplemental foods, will be provided the school food program services at no cost or at a reduced cost.

It is the responsibility of the building principal to determine if a student qualifies for free or reduced cost school food services.  Students, whom the principal believes are
improperly nourished, will not be denied the school food program services simply because the paperwork has not been completed.

Employees, students and others will be required to purchase meals consumed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710       School Food Services

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:09

710.3 - Vending Machines

710.3 - Vending Machines

Food served or purchased by students during the school day and food served or purchased for other than special circumstances is approved by the superintendent.  Vending
machines in the school building are the responsibility of the building principal.  Purchases from the vending machines, other than juice, water, or dairy machines, will not be
made during the lunch periods.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the use of vending machines and other sales of food to students.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  504.5    Student Fund Raising
   
                                    710       School Food Services

Approved    4-16-12                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:07

711 - Transportation

711 - Transportation dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:48

711.1 - Eligibility

711.1 - Eligibility

Elementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their
designated attendance centers are entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate.  Specialized transportation of a student to and
from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the
weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the
individualized family service plan (IFSP).  When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP
or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

            Transportation from the student's residence to the location of the special education and back to the student's residence, or child care placement for students below the age of six.

            Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.

            Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.  The board may require the parent to transport their
children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable.  It is within the discretion of the board to
determine such conditions.  Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the
designated attendance center at the expense of the school district.  Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by
the state. 

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement.  Students, who choose to attend a school in a school
district other than their resident school district, will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

It shall be the policy of the North Mahaska Community School District not to provide at-home pick-up service to any student living within the city limits of New Sharon.  Students
living within the city limits may ride a bus from designated pick up points to the elementary-junior-senior high school. 

4-year-olds attending North Mahaska Preschool will be provided at-home pick-up service anywhere in the district.

When transportation by school bus is impractical or where school bus transportation is not available, the Board may require the parents or guardians to transport their children to
the school designated for attendance.  The parent or guardian will be reimbursed for such transportation as designated by statute.

Distance to school or to a bus route shall be measured only on the public highway and over the most passable and safest route as determined by the Board of Education, starting
in the roadway opposite the entrance to the school grounds or designated point on the route.

It shall be the policy of the North Mahaska School District that when a parent or guardian of an elementary student entitled to transportation under Iowa law requests that a state
licensed day care facility located in the North Mahaska School District be designated as the pick up or drop off point for their child rather than their residence this day care will
become an established bus stop.  The bus may then also pick up or drop off any other North mahaska elementary student attending that day care center, even if that child would
not normally be entitled to transportation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1401, 1701 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285; 321 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.98; 43.

Cross Reference:  501.16  Homeless Children and Youth
   
                                    507.8    Student Special Health Services
   
                                    603.3    Special Education
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:04

711.2 - Student Conduct

711.2 - Student Conduct

Students utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights
of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers.  Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.

The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle.  It is the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the building administrator.

The board supports the use of video cameras on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events.  The video
cameras will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The videotapes are student records subject to school
district confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.

After three warnings for bad conduct, the building principal will have the authority to suspend transportation privileges of the student or impose other appropriate discipline.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when
utilizing school district transportation.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the practice of video camera use on school buses.  If a school district does not use video cameras, the third paragraph should be eliminated.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (2007).

Cross Reference:  503       Student Discipline
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:01

711.2R1 - Student Conduct Regulation

711.2R1 - Student Conduct Regulation

All persons riding in school district vehicles will adhere to the following rules.  The driver, sponsor or chaperones are to follow the school bus discipline procedure for student
violations of this policy.  Video cameras may be in operation on the school buses.

 1.    Bus riders will be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.

 2.    Bus riders will wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.

 3.    Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.

 4.    Aisles must be kept cleared at all times.

 5.    All bus riders will load and unload through the right front door.  The emergency door is for emergencies only.

 6.    A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.

 7.    A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.

 8.    Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement.

 9.    Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.

10.   Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders' use.

11.   Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.

12.   Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation.

13.   The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and respectfully.

14.   Students will assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.

15.   A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus will pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions and proceed to cross
the road or highway only on signal from the driver.

16.   Students will not throw objects about the vehicle nor out through the windows.

17.   Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.

18.   Students will keep feet off the seats.

19.   Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.

20.   Students will refrain from crowding or pushing.

21.   The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco or look-alike substances is prohibited in the vehicle.

22.   The Good Conduct Rule is in effect.

23.    Inflated helium balloons cannot be transported on the bus.

 

 

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:02

711.2R2 - Video Cameras

711.2R2 - Video Cameras

The board supports the use of video cameras on school buses as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees.  The video cameras may be
used on buses used for transportation to and from school, field trips, curricular events and extracurricular events.  The contents of the videos may be used as evidence in a
student disciplinary proceeding.

Student Records

The content of the videos is a student record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records.  Only those persons with a legitimate
educational purpose may view the videos.  In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal,
transportation director, bus driver and special education staffing team.  A video recorded during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the
sponsor or coach of the activity.  If the content of the video becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

Notice

The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:

The North Mahaska Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of video cameras on school district buses.  The video cameras will be used to
monitor student behavior to maintain order on the school buses to promote and maintain a safe environment.  Students and parents are hereby notified that the content of
the videos may be used in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The content of the videos are confidential student records and will be retained with other student records. 
Videos will only be retained if necessary for use in a student disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration.  Parents may request
to view videos of their child if the videos are used in a disciplinary proceeding involving their child.

The following notice will also be placed on all school buses equipped with a video camera:

This bus is equipped with a video/audio monitoring system.

Review of Videos

The school district will review videos when necessary as a result of an incident reported by a bus driver or student and randomly.

Viewing of videos is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose.  A written log will be kept of those individuals viewing the videos stating the time,
name of individual viewing and the date the video was viewed.

Video Monitoring System

Video cameras will be used on only a select number of school district buses.

Determination of how video cameras will be used and which school buses will be equipped with video equipment will be made by the superintendent in consultation with the
building principals and transportation director.

Student Conduct

Students are prohibited from tampering with the video cameras on the school buses.  Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the
school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.

 

 

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:03

711.3 - Activities

711.3 - Activities

The board in its discretion may provide school district transportation for extracurricular activities including, but not limited to, transporting student participants and other
students to and from extracurricular events.

Students participating or attending extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district
transportation vehicles or by another means approved by the superintendent. 

Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles for extracurricular events, will ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle unless
arrangements have been made with the building principal prior to the event.  A student's parent, or a designated adult approved by the parent in writing, may personally appear
and request to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.  The parent, or
designated adult, must sign a form so the sponsor is aware the student will ride home with them and not on school transportation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board as needed, or as requested,  as to whether the school district will provide the transportation
authorized in this policy.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students
who would qualify for such transportation, and other factors the board or superintendent deem relevant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285.1-.4; 321 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.98; 43.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 09:00

711.4 - Summer School Program

711.4 - Summer School Program

The school district may use school vehicles for transportation to and from summer extracurricular activities.  The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board as needed regarding their use.

Transportation to and from the student's attendance center for summer school instructional programs is within the discretion of the board.  It is the responsibility of the
superintendent to make a recommendation regarding transportation of students in summer school instructional programs at the expense of the school district.  In making the
recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students involved in summer school programs, and
other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  603.2    Summer School Instruction
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:58

711.5 - Nonresident and Nonpublic Students

711.5 - Nonresident and Nonpublic Students

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and
resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education, will be transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as
such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students will obtain the permission of the superintendent
prior to being transported by the school district.

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at
the established state rate.  This reimbursement is paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse
parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds will be prorated.

The charge to the nonresident students is determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students are billed for the
student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing is according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to
determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs. 
The superintendent will make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent will
consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the
board or the superintendent.

Nonresident and nonpublic school students are subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or
regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1-.2, .10, .16 (2007).

Cross Reference:  711       Transportation

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:57

711.6 - Non-school

711.6 - Non-school

Only in unusual circumstances will the board make school district transportation vehicles available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic,
community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from nonschool-sponsored activities in the state.

In the event school district transportation vehicles are made available to local nonprofit entities, it is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative
regulations for application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1(21), .10(9), (10) (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711       Transportation
   
                                    900       Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:56

711.7 - Bus Safety Instruction

711.7 - Bus Safety Instruction

The school district will conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills at least twice during the school year for students who utilize school
district transportation.

Each school bus vehicle will have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an
emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.

Employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.  It is the responsibility of the
superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.40.

Cross Reference:  503       Student Discipline
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    804.2    Warning Systems and Emergency Plans

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:53

711.8 - Inclement Weather

711.8 - Inclement Weather

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary
around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" decisions
and reports of the drivers.

Several drivers each year will be specially designated to report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so.  Other employees and students will be
notified by commercial radio when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be
closed.

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by commercial radio.  Students will be returned to their
regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  601.2    School Day

Approved      4-16-12                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:51

711.9 - Vehicle Idling

711.9 - Vehicle Idling

The board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others to be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health. 
Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel.  The board directs the superintendent, in conjunction with the Director of Transportation, to work on administrative
regulations to implement this policy and reduce school vehicle idling time.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §279.8 (2007).

Cross References:  403       Employee Health and Well-Being
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved      4-16-12                             
Reviewed                                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 08:49

712 - Debt Managmenet

712 - Debt Managmenet Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 04/18/2022 - 10:55

712.1 - Debt Management Policy

712.1 - Debt Management Policy

Introduction/Background

This policy establishes written guidelines to standardize the conditions and procedures for the issuance of debt which will minimize the North Mahaska Community School District’s (“the District”) debt service and issuance costs, and retain the highest practical credit rating.  The objectives of this policy are to improve the quality of decisions, provide justification for the structure of debt issuance, maintain sound financial management practices, and demonstrate a commitment to long-term financial planning to effectively serve the constituents of the District.  Compliance with a debt management policy signals to rating agencies and the capital markets that a government is well-managed and can be expected to meet its obligations in a timely manner.

This policy is for general use and exceptions to this Policy may be allowed under certain conditions.  This policy may be adjusted at any time by the Board of Directors of the District. 

 

DEBT LIMITS

 

Credit Ratings

The District seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives.  The District recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt.  Nevertheless, the District is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.

 

Debt Limits

For General Obligation debt, the District’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the District’s boundaries, as prescribed the State Constitution and statutory restrictions.

For Revenue debt, the District’s goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs. 

In accordance with State law, the District may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (“conduit borrower”) to make payments to investors.

 

PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT

 

Capital Planning

To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the District is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination, and long-term financial planning.

 

Capital Financing

The District may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by State statute, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment.  Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue.  The types of debt instruments to be used by the District include:

  • General Obligation Bonds
  • General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
  • Bond Anticipation Notes
  • Revenue Anticipation Notes
  • School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
  • Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation

 

Working Capital Financing

The District may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows.  The District shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred.  A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.

 

Refundings

Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist.  Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the District, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the District.

Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions.  Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.

 

DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE

 

Length of Debt

Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users.  Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed.  All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.

 

Debt Structure

Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the District given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source.  To the extent possible, the District will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use. 

Generally, the District will only issue fixed-rate debt.  In very limited circumstances, the District may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of State statute and upon a finding of the Board of Directors that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the District and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.

All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with State statute.  The District should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities. 

The District will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.

Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law. 

 

Decision Analysis to Issue Debt

Whenever the District is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the District’s credit worthiness, listed below.

 

            Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.

            Financial Analysis – Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow projections.

            Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.

            Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.

 

DEBT ISSUANCE

 

Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancements (i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.

 

Costs and Fees

All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue. 

 

Method of Sale

Generally, all District debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process.  Bids will be awarded on a true interest cost basis (TIC) providing other bidding requirements are satisfied. 

The District may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of District credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.

 

Professional Service Providers

The District may retain external bond counsel for debt issues.  All debt issued by the District will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the District is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the District has met all State constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status.  The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.

The District may retain an independent financial advisor.  The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue.  The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.

The Treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs.  These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases. 

Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels. 

 

DEBT MANAGEMENT

 

Investment of Debt Proceeds

The District shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the District’s consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture.  Investments will be consistent with those authorized by State law and the District’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.

 

Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance

The Treasurer, or his/her designee, shall maintain a system of record keeping reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.

Federal tax compliance, record-keeping reporting and compliance procedures shall include but not be limited to:  1) post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use  of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing); 2) proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance; (3) investments and arbitrage compliance; 4) expenditures and assets; 5) private business use; and 6) designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.

 

Financial Disclosure

The District is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information.  The District is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).  The Treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and shall maintain compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies.

 

Approved: 03/21/2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 04/18/2022 - 10:56

713 -

713 - Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 04/18/2022 - 10:58

713.1 - Bond Disclosure Policy

713.1 - Bond Disclosure Policy

Article I - Key Participants and Responsibilities

Section 1.01.  Disclosure Coordinator.  By adoption of this Policy, the District hereby appoints the Board Treasurer to act as the Disclosure Coordinator hereunder.

Section 1.02.  Responsibilities.  The Disclosure Coordinator is responsible for the following tasks:

(A)    reviewing and approving all preliminary and final official statements relating to the District’s Securities, together with any supplements, for which a Disclosure Agreement is required (each, an "Official Statement"), before such documents are released, in accordance with Article III below;

(B)    moderating Board of Directors’ approval of all Financial Obligations triggering a Listed Event Notice under any new Disclosure Agreement entered into on or after February 27, 2019;

(C)    reviewing the District’s status and compliance with Disclosure Agreements, including filings of disclosure documents thereunder and in compliance with this Policy, in accordance with Articles IV and V below;

(D)    serving as a "point person" for personnel to communicate issues or information that should be or may need to be included in any disclosure document;

(E)    recommending changes to this Policy to the Board of Directors as necessary or appropriate;

(F)    communicating with third parties, including coordination with outside consultants assisting the District, in the preparation and dissemination of disclosure documents to make sure that assigned tasks have been completed on a timely basis and make sure that the filings are made on a timely basis and are accurate;

(G)    in anticipation of preparing disclosure documents, soliciting "material" information (as defined for purposes of federal securities law) from Employees identified as having knowledge of or likely to have information of Listed Events under Article IV or relevant to Disclosure Agreements;

(H)    maintaining records documenting the District's compliance with this Policy; and

(I)    ensuring compliance with training procedures as described below.

The responsibilities of the Disclosure Coordinator to make certain filings with the MSRB under Articles III (Annual Report Filings) and IV (Listed Event Filings) may be delegated by contract to a dissemination agent, under terms approved by the Board of Directors.

The Disclosure Coordinator shall instruct Employees of the obligation to communicate with the Disclosure Coordinator on any information relating to financial obligations or amendments to existing financial obligations promptly following occurrence.

 

Article II - Official Statements

Section 2.01.  Review and Approval of Official Statements.  Whenever the District issues Securities, an Official Statement may be prepared.  Each of these Official Statements contains information relating to the District’s finances.  The Disclosure Coordinator (with advice from Bond Counsel, any retained Disclosure Counsel, and/or Financial Advisor) shall have primary responsibility for ensuring that all such information is accurate and not misleading in any material aspect.  The Official Statement may also include a certification that the information contained in the Official Statement regarding the District, as of the date of each Official Statement, does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the information contained in the Official Statement, in light of the circumstances under which it was provided, not misleading.  When undertaking review of a final or preliminary Official Statement, the Disclosure Coordinator shall:

(A)    review the Official Statement to ensure: (i) that there are no material misstatements or omissions of material information in any sections, (ii) that the information relating to the District that is included in the Official Statement is accurate, and (iii) that when necessary the information relating to the District has been reviewed by a knowledgeable Employee or other appropriate person;  

(B)    draft, or cause to be drafted, for the Official Statement descriptions of (i) any material current, pending or threatened litigation, (ii) any material settlements or court orders and (iii) any other legal issues that are material information for purposes of the Official Statement; and

(C)    report any significant disclosure issues and concerns to the Board of Directors (with advice, as necessary, from Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, and/or Financial Advisor).

Section 2.02.  Submission of Official Statements to Board of Directors for Approval.  The Disclosure Coordinator shall submit all Official Statements to the Board of Directors for review and approval.  The Board of Directors shall undertake such review it deems necessary.  This may include consultation with the Disclosure Coordinator, Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, and/or the Financial Advisor to fulfill the District's responsibilities under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

Article III - Annual Report Filings

Section 3.01.  Overview.  Under the Disclosure Agreements the District has entered into in connection with certain of its Securities, the District is required each year to file Annual Reports with the EMMA system.  Such Annual Reports are generally required to include: (1) certain updated financial and operating information as outlined in each Disclosure Agreement, and (2) the District’s audited financial statements.  The documents, reports and notices required to be submitted to the MSRB pursuant to this Policy shall be submitted through EMMA in one or more electronic document format files as required by the Rule at the time of filing, and shall be accompanied by identifying information, in the manner prescribed by the MSRB, or in such other manner as is consistent with the Rule.  To facilitate the District’s Disclosure Agreements the Disclosure Coordinator shall:

(A)    maintain a record of all Disclosure Agreements of the District using a chart which shall identify and docket all deadlines;  

(B)    schedule email reminders on the EMMA website for each issue of Securities to help ensure timely filing of financial disclosures;

(C)    ensure that preparation of the Annual Reports commences as required under each specific Disclosure Agreement; and

(D)    comply with the District’s obligation to file Annual Reports by submitting or causing the required (i) annual financial information and operating data and (ii) audited financial statements to be submitted to the MSRB through EMMA.  

(i)    In the event audited financial statements are not available by the filing deadline imposed by the Disclosure Agreement, the Disclosure Coordinator shall instead timely submit or cause to be submitted unaudited financial statements, with a notice to the effect that the unaudited financial statements are being provided pending the completion of audited financial statements and that the audited financial statements will be submitted to EMMA when they have been prepared.  In the event neither audited nor unaudited financial statements are timely posted, the District shall cause to be filed a "failure to file notice" in accordance with the Rule.  The failure to file notice for audited financial statements shall include information describing the nature and/or cause of the failure to meet the contractual deadline and, if available, an approximate timeframe for when the completed audited financial statement is expected to be submitted. Audited financial statements shall be filed as soon as available. If updated financial and operating information is not posted by the filing deadline, the Disclosure Coordinator shall cause a "failure to file notice" to be posted to EMMA in accordance with the Rule.  

(ii)    All documents submitted to the MSRB through EMMA that are identified by specific reference to documents already available to the public on the MSRB's Internet website or filed with the SEC shall be clearly identified by cross reference.

 

Article IV - Listed Event Filings

Section 4.01.  Disclosure of Listed Events.  The District is obligated to disclose to the MSRB notice of certain specified events with respect to the Securities (a "Listed Event").  Employees shall be instructed to notify the Disclosure Coordinator upon becoming aware of any of the Listed Events in the District’s Disclosure Agreements.  The Disclosure Coordinator may consult with Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, or the Financial Advisor, to determine if an occurrence is a Listed Event, and whether a filing is required or is otherwise desirable.  If such a filing is deemed necessary, the Disclosure Coordinator shall cause a notice of the Listed Event (a "Listed Event Notice") that complies with the Rule to be prepared, and the Disclosure Coordinator shall cause to be filed the Listed Event Notice as required by the Rule as follows:

(A)    Prior to issuance of new Securities on or after February 27, 2019, a complete list of current Financial Obligations shall be compiled and submitted to the Disclosure Coordinator for continuous monitoring regarding compliance with all Disclosure Agreements entered on or after February 27, 2019.  

(B)    The Disclosure Coordinator shall:

(i)    monitor and periodically review the Listed Events identified on Exhibit A, in connection with the Disclosure Agreements identified on the chart in Exhibit B to determine whether any event has occurred that may require a filing with EMMA. To the extent Disclosure Coordinator determines notice for an event is not required based on the event not achieving a level of materiality, Disclosure Coordinator shall document the basis for the determination.  

(ii)    In a timely manner, not in excess of ten (10) business days after the occurrence of the Listed Event, file a Listed Event Notice for Securities to which the Listed Event applies.

(C)    For Securities to which the Listed Event or Events are applicable, the Listed Event Notice shall be filed in a timely manner not in excess of ten (10) business days after the occurrence of the Listed Event.

(D)    The Disclosure Coordinator shall monitor Securities data on EMMA regarding rating agency reports for rated Securities and may subscribe to any available ratings agency alert service regarding the ratings of any Securities.

Article V - Miscellaneous

Section 5.01.  Documents to be Retained.  The Disclosure Coordinator shall be responsible for retaining records demonstrating compliance with this Policy.  The Disclosure Coordinator shall retain an electronic or paper file ("Transcript") for each Annual Report the District completes.  Each Transcript shall include final versions of documents submitted to the MSRB through EMMA, and any documentation related to determinations of materiality (or immateriality) of Listed Events.  The Transcript shall be maintained for the period that the applicable Securities are outstanding, and for a minimum of five [5] years after the date the final Annual Report for an issue of Securities is posted on EMMA.

Section 5.02.  Education and Training.  The District shall conduct periodic training to assist the Disclosure Coordinator, Employees and the Supervisors, as necessary and appropriate, in understanding and performing their responsibilities under this Policy.  Such training sessions may include a review of this Policy, the disclosure obligations under the Disclosure Agreement(s), applicable federal and state securities laws, including the Listed Events in Exhibit A, and the disclosure responsibilities and potential liabilities of members of District staff and members of the Board of Directors.  Training sessions may include meetings with Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, Dissemination Agent, if any, or Financial Advisor, and teleconferences, attendance at seminars or conferences where disclosure responsibilities are discussed, and/or recorded presentations. Disclosure Coordinator shall maintain a record of training activities in furtherance of this Policy.  

Section 5.03.  Public Statements Regarding Financial Information.  Whenever the District makes statements or releases information relating to its finances to the public that is reasonably expected to reach investors and the trading markets (including, without limitation, all Listed Event Notices, statements in the annual financial reports, and other financial reports and statements of the District), the District is obligated to ensure that such statements and information are accurate and complete in all material aspects.  The Disclosure Coordinator shall assist the Board of Directors, the Superintendent, and District’s Attorneys in ensuring that such statements and information are accurate and not misleading in any material aspect.  Employees shall, to the extent possible, coordinate statements or releases as outlined above with the Disclosure Coordinator.  Investment information published on the District’s website shall include a cautionary statement referring investors to EMMA as the official repository for the District’s Securities-related data.

 

Approved: 03/21/2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 04/18/2022 - 10:58

713.1EA - Bond Disclosure Policy Exhibit A

713.1EA - Bond Disclosure Policy Exhibit A

LISTED EVENTS

 

The following events automatically trigger a requirement to file on EMMA within ten (10) business days of their occurrence (listed events are subject to change by the SEC):

(1) Principal and interest payment delinquencies;

(2) Non-payment related defaults, if material;

(3) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;

(4) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements reflecting financial difficulties;

(5) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;

(6) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB) or other material notices or determinations with respect to the tax status of the security, or other material events affecting the tax status of the security;

(7) Modifications to rights of security holders, if material;

(8) Bond calls, if material, and tender offers;

(9) Defeasances;

(10) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the securities, if material;

(11) Rating changes;

(12) Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the obligated person[1];

Note to paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(12):

For the purposes of the event identified in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(12) of this section, the event is considered to occur when any of the following occur: The appointment of a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer for an obligated person in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or in any other proceeding under state or federal law in which a court or governmental authority has assumed jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of the obligated person, or if such jurisdiction has been assumed by leaving the existing governing body and officials or officers in possession but subject to the supervision and orders of a court or governmental authority, or the entry of an order confirming a plan of reorganization, arrangement or liquidation by a court or governmental authority having supervision or jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of the obligated person.

(13) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving an obligated person or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the obligated person, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material;

(14) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material;

 

Additionally, the following events apply to Disclosure Agreements entered by the District on or after February 27, 2019:

(15) Incurrence of a Financial Obligation of the obligated person, if material[2], or agreement to covenants, events of default, remedies, priority rights, or other similar terms of a Financial Obligation of the obligated person, any of which affect security holders, if material*; and

(16) Default, event of acceleration, termination event, modification of terms, or other similar events under the terms of a Financial Obligation of the obligated person, any of which reflect financial difficulties.

 

 

[1] The term "obligated person" for purposes of the Rule shall mean the party, if other than the District, responsible for the Securities, e.g. in a conduit issue sold through the District, the conduit party would be the "obligated person" under the Disclosure Agreement.

[2] Materiality is determined upon the incurrence of each distinct Financial Obligation, taking into account all relevant facts and circumstances.  A Financial Obligation is considered to be incurred when it is enforceable against the District.  Listed Event Notices for Financial Obligations (e.g. under 15 and 16 above) should generally include a description of the material terms of the Financial Obligation, including: (i) date of the incurrence, (ii) principal amount, (iii) maturity and amortization; (iv) interest rate(s), if fixed, or method of computation, if variable, (v) other appropriate terms, based on the circumstances.  In addition to a summary of material terms, the District may alternatively, or in addition, submit related materials, such as transaction documents (which may require some redaction), terms sheets prepared in connection with the Financial Obligation, or continuing covenant agreements or financial covenant reports.

 

Approved: 03/21/2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 04/18/2022 - 11:01

713.1EB - Bond Disclosure Exhibit B

713.1EB - Bond Disclosure Exhibit B

EXHIBIT B

DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT INVENTORY

Complete upon each new issuance

 

 

Name of Issue/Principal Amount

Date of Issue

Final Maturity Date

CUSIP for Final Maturity

Date by which Annual Reports Must be Filed (or "exemption" under the Rule)

Annual Reports Information to be Filed

Source of Information

Date Information was Filed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 04/18/2022 - 11:03

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:46

800 - Objectives of Buildings and Sites

800 - Objectives of Buildings and Sites

This series of the board policy manual sets forth the board objectives and goals for the school district's buildings and sites.  It is the goal of the board to provide sufficient
school district buildings and sites for the education program.  The board will strive to provide an environment which will encourage and support learning.

In providing this environment the school district buildings and sites will accommodate the organizational and instructional patterns that support the education program.  The
board has final authority to determine what is necessary to meet the needs of the education program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the day-to-day operations of the school buildings and sites and to notify the board of areas in need of improvement.

 

 

Approved     3-2017                            
Reviewed        9/19/2022                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:02

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:57

801.1 - Building and Sites Long Range Planning

801.1 - Building and Sites Long Range Planning

As part of the board's long range plan for the school district's education program, the board will include the buildings and sites needs for the education program.  The long-term
needs for building and will be discussed and determined by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .12, .14; 297 (2007).

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:02

801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys

801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297 (2007).

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved     3/2017                             
Reviewed      9/19/2022                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:00

801.3 - Educational Specs for Buildings and Sites

801.3 - Educational Specs for Buildings and Sites

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon
improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board will make this determination.

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in
developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications will be consistent with the education program, and they will provide the
architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee is appointed.

The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to
be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W.2d 655 (1960).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 73A.2, .18; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A (2007).
   
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 529.

Cross Reference:  801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved     3-2017                             
Reviewed           9/19/2022                                                                    
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:59

801.4 - Site Acquisition

801.4 - Site Acquisition

Sites acquired by the board will meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program.  The board
may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(j); 297 (2007).

Cross Reference:  212       Closed Sessions
   
                                    705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved     3-2017                             
Reviewed      9/19/2022                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:59

801.5 - Bids and Awards for Construction

801.5 - Bids and Awards for Construction

The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community.  Construction contracts will be made in the school district community or in Iowa from Iowa-based companies if the bids submitted are comparable in quality and can be received without additional cost in comparison to those submitted by other bidders.  The board will have the authority to approve or reject construction contracts.

Public, competitive sealed bids are required for construction projects, including renovation and repair, with a cost exceeding the statutory minimums required by law.  The public, competitive sealed bid requirement is waived in the case of emergency repairs when the repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.  The AEA administrator will certify that the emergency repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.  The superintendent will comply with the competitive quote process for those projects subject to the competitive quote law.  The superintendent will determine the process for obtaining quotes for projects below the competitive quote limit.

The award of construction contracts will, generally, be made to the lowest responsible bidder.  The board, in its discretion, after considering factors relating to the construction, including, but not limited to, the cost of the construction, availability of service and/or repair, completion date, and any other factors deemed relevant by the board, may choose a bid other than the lowest bid.  The board will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to enter into the contract or contracts deemed to be in the best interests of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation and the reason for it to the board for construction contract bids.  The board secretary (or other board officer) shall recommend, to the board, which bid to accept.

 

NOTE:  This policy is consistent with Iowa law regarding construction.  Public, competitive sealed bids are only required on construction projects, including renovation and repair, if the cost exceeds $130,000.  In the case of emergency repairs, the requirement for public, competitive sealed bids is waived if the AEA administrator issues a certificate that the emergency repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.

The competitive bid and quotation limit will increase effective January 1, 2013. The competitive bid increased from $125,000 to $130,000. The quotation limit will increase from $48,000 to $50,000.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 72; 73; 73A.2, .18; 297.7-.8 (2007).  HF 2713 (2006)

Cross Reference:  705       Expenditures
   
                                    801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved     3/2017                 
Reviewed     9/19/2022                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:57

802 - Maintenance and Operation Management

802 - Maintenance and Operation Management dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:40

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair.  Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain the school district buildings and sites.  As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule is created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.

 

NOTE:  The sentence on graffiti is necessary because of the liability a school district could incur in a case involving harassment.  The continued presence of graffiti could expose the school district to liability.  It is recommended that school districts implement a procedure to discourage, report and remove graffiti in a timely manner.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502.2    Care of School Property/Vandalism
   
                                    502.5    Student Lockers
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management
   
                                    804.1    Facilities Inspections

Approved     3/2017                             
Reviewed      9/19/2022                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:56

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs are made to the superintendent by building principals and the head custodian.  Requirements
for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $10,000, may be approved by the superintendent.  Improvements exceeding $10,000 must be approved by the board.  Routine
maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

 

NOTE:  The amount in the blanks should be consistent with the amounts in Policies 705.1 and 803.2.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2007).

Cross Reference:  802.1    Maintenance Schedule
   
                                    802.3    Emergency Repairs

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:55

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

In the event of an emergency requiring repairs in excess of $50,000 to a school district facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of
school, the provisions relating to bidding will not apply. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of $50,000 were necessary to
prevent the closing of school.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law regarding emergency repairs.  The certification of the AEA administrator is a legal requirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:54

802.4 - Capital Assets

802.4 - Capital Assets

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes. 

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $5,000. The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset.  

All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $5,000 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

This policy applies to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported. It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.   

NOTE:  In determining the capitalization threshold, the size of the school district, the property insurance deductible and the time and effort necessary to account for and track fixed
assets with a lesser value should be considered.  It is suggested the board consider a capitalization threshold within the range of $200 to $5000.  It is strongly recommended the board
consult with the school auditor prior to setting the capitalization threshold.  Once the capitalization threshold is set, it is recommended the same capitalization threshold be used when
accounting for fixed assets in the general fixed assets account group and in the proprietary and fiduciary funds.  The federal regulations governing school lunch programs already
require fixed assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $5000 be capitalized.

A school district could, and many do, use bar code identification tags to control fixed assets, such as VCRs, computer mice, etc., even though these fixed assets have a cost below the
capitalization threshold.  In tracking these fixed assets, only the information necessary to control the location and use of them needs to be maintained.  Some school districts videotape
each classroom/office annually to save time and effort tracking fixed assets below the capitalization threshold.  The video tape is also helpful for insurance claims.  Whether a school
district chooses to track fixed assets with a cost below the capitalization threshold or not, fixed assets with a cost below the capitalization threshold should not be included in the fixed
assets listing for reporting purposes.

This policy provides for valuing fixed assets at historical cost as required by GAAP.  This policy bases the capitalization threshold on the historical/acquisition cost of the individual
asset.  The school district can choose to use the historical cost of all the items included in a purchase order as the basis for determining whether to capitalize the fixed asset.  The cost
of improvements may be added to the historical cost of a fixed asset.  Deciding whether to add the costs of an improvement to a fixed asset's historical cost is a judgment call which
should be made after consulting with the school auditor. 

It is important to note the distinctions made by GAAP between the general fixed assets account group and the proprietary funds. GAAP requires interest paid to place a fixed asset in
service be accounted for in proprietary funds be included in the historical cost.  GAAP also requires infrastructure be included in the fixed assets of proprietary funds.  Depreciation
records are only required for fixed assets accounted for in proprietary funds.

For school districts maintaining cash basis accounting for proprietary funds, monthly updates to the fixed assets management system should not be posted to the financial records
prior to the end of the year.  It is recommended a separate computer file be maintained to note monthly updates to the fixed assets management system for fixed assets attributable to
proprietary funds.  Monthly updates to the GFAAG will not affect the financial reporting of the non-proprietary funds. 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2007).

Cross Reference:  709       Insurance Program
                                       701.3    Financial Records

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed    05-16-2022                                                                           
Revised     06-20-2022              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:44

802.4R1 - Fixed Assets Regulation

802.4R1 - Fixed Assets Regulation

NOTE:  This sample administrative regulation provides a "do-it-yourself" process.  The school district may employ a service provider to conduct the initial and annual fixed assets
physical count, initial and annual fixed assets listing and to implement a fixed assets management system for fixed assets required to be capitalized under board policy.  Should the board
employ a service provider, it is important to have the school attorney review the request for proposals and to draft the service provider contract.

These sample administrative regulations are a beginning point for the school district in drafting its own administrative regulations.  It is very important the administrative regulations
adopted by a school district reflect its actual practice.

A.    Fixed assets management team.

        1.   The superintendent will appoint a fixed assets management team.  Members of the fixed assets management team will include:

              a.   Superintendent, chair;

              b.   fixed assets manager (buiness manager);

              c.   Building principals;

              d.   Transportation director;

              e.   One or more facility maintenance personnel;

              f.    One or more technology personnel; and 

              g.   Others deemed necessary by the fixed assest manager.

        2.   The superintendent, in conjunction with the fixed assets management team, shall:

              a.   Conduct the fixed assets physical count;

              b.   Develop the fixed assets listing;

              c.   Tag fixed assets included in the fixed assets management system with a bar code identification number; 

              d.   Make a recommendation of a computer software program for managing the fixed assets management system;

              e.   Enter the necessary data into the fixed assets management system and compile the appropriate reports;

              f.    Develop forms and procedures for maintaining the integrity of the fixed assets management system; and

              g.   Maintain responsibility for an accurate fixed assets management system. 

This sample administrative regulation provides for valuing fixed assets at historical cost as required by GAAP.

 

B.     Determining historical cost.

        1.   The historical cost of a fixed assets is based on the actual costs expended in making the fixed assets serviceable.  For the initial fixed assets listing of currently owned fixed
assets, records indicating the actual costs expended in making the fixed assets serviceable may be available in the central administrative office.

        2.   Gifts of fixed assets are given an "historical cost" of the estimated fair market value on the addition/acquisition date. 

        3.   Fixed assets purchased under a capital lease are given an historical cost of their net present value of the minimum lease payments on the addition/acquisition date.

        4.   The historical cost of fixed assets in the proprietary funds must include capitalized interest and infrastructure.

        5.   Fixed assets for which the historical cost cannot be determined.

              a.   Search board minutes to determine the approximate acquisition date, contract approval date or project approval date. 

              b.   Search central administrative office records at the time of the presumed addition/acquisition date, including those in storage, on microfiche or archives, to determine the
actual costs expended in making the fixed assets serviceable.

              c.   If no records can be found to determine the actual costs expended in making the fixed assets serviceable the school district may estimate the historical cost using back
trending/standard costing after consulting with the school auditor.

NOTE:  It is likely school districts will have many fixed assets for which the original paperwork setting out the costs to make the fixed assets serviceable is unavailable.  In these cases,
the historical cost may be estimated using historical resources (e.g., old office supply catalogs) and "back trending."  "Back trending" estimates historical cost based on price levels at the
presumed date of addition/acquisition.  Three publications are available to assist in back trending.  They are:  Means, Marwill and Swift and Boeckh.  These publications are available in
large reference libraries and may be available from the school auditor.  In addition, business managers and board secretaries at their regional meetings and superintendents at their area
superintendent meetings could share costing information about old, but still serviceable fixed assets.  Some information will not be available despite the efforts to obtain it.  It is
important to weigh the benefit of continuing a search for data against the age, value and so forth of the fixed assets as well as the time in personnel costs.  Prior to finalizing an estimated
cost for a fixed asset, it is strongly recommended the school auditor review and approve the estimated cost.     

 

C.     Annual fixed assets listing reconciliation.

        1.   The fixed assets manager, in conjunction with the fixed assets management team, will conduct an annual fixed assets physical count to develop the annual fixed assets listing in
a manner similar to the initial fixed assets listing process in B above.  At least every three years, someone other than the person in custody of the fixed assets in the
building/department/room will perform the fixed assets physical count for the building/department/room.

         2.   Upon completion of the annual fixed assets listing, the fixed assets listing is reconciled to the fixed assets management system data base.

        3.   Fixed assets found to have been excluded from the data base are added to the fixed assets management system.  The fixed assets management system process is reviewed to
prevent future incidents of excluding a fixed asset.

        4.   Fixed assets unaccounted for are reported to the fixed assets manager who contacts the supervisor of and the employee/person in charge/control/custody of the fixed asset.  The
employee/person in charge/control/custody of the fixed asset has thirty days to account for the fixed asset.

        5.   Fixed assets unaccounted for after thirty days are reported to the superintendent for appropriate action and documentation.  "Appropriate action" may include discipline, up to
and including discharge, and may require the employee/person in charge/ control/custody of the fixed asset to replace the fixed asset.

6.   The fixed assets manager is responsible for documenting the reasons each fixed asset was not reconciled to the fixed assets management system.

 

D.    Addition/acquisition of machinery and equipment fixed assets. 

        1.   The school district's required purchasing administrative regulations and procedures must be followed to acquire machinery and equipment fixed assets.  The school district's
required administrative regulations and procedures must be followed for receiving a gift of machinery and equipment fixed assets.  

        2.   The Machinery and Equipment fixed assets Addition/Acquisition Form must be completed for each additional machinery and equipment fixed assets with an addition/acquisition
cost of equal to or greater than $5,000.  The following information must be collected

                  a.   Name of location-building/department/room;

                  b.   Location-building/department/room code;

                  c.   Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                  d.   General fixed assets account group or proprietary fund asset (name proprietary fund);

                  e.   Addition/acquisition date;

                  f.    Check/purchase order number or gift;

                  g.   Bar code identification number assigned to and placed on the fixed asset;

                  h.   Serial/model number;

                  i.    Cost-historical;

                  j.    Fair market value on acquisition date (donated fixed assets only);

                  k.   Estimated useful life (for proprietary funds only);

                  l.    Vendor;

                  m.  Purchasing fund;

                  n.   Description of fixed asset;

                  o.   Department/person charged with custody,

                  p.   Method of addition/acquisition-purchase, trade, gift etc.,

                  q.   Quantity; and

                  r.    Addition/acquisition authorization.

         3.    Machinery and equipment fixed assets acquired in a month must be entered into the fixed assets management system in the same month.

 

E.     Addition/acquisition of real property fixed assets. 

        1.   The school district's required purchasing administrative regulations and procedures must be followed to acquire a real property fixed asset.  The school district's required
administrative regulations and procedures must be followed for receiving a gift of a real property fixed asset.  

        2.   The Real Property Fixed Assets Addition/Acquisition Form must be completed for each additional real property fixed asset.  The following information must be collected

                  a.   Addition/acquisition date;

                  b.   Seller;

                  c.   Cost-historical/addition/acquisition, cost including legal, architect, surveying and related   fees;

                  d.   Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                  e.    Fair market value on a requisition date (donated fixed assets only);

                  f.    Estimated useful life of buildings (for proprietary funds only);

                  g.   Legal description,

                  h.   Location/address; and

                  i.    Addition/acquisition authorization.

        3.   For real property fixed assets in the general fixed assets account group, the actual costs of construction in progress, other than infrastructure, is entered into the fixed assets
management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered.  Upon completion of construction, the total costs accumulated
over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.

         4.   For real property fixed assets in the proprietary funds, the actual costs of construction in progress, including infrastructure construction, is entered into the fixed
                assets 
management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered.  Upon completion of construction, the
                total costs 
accumulated over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.

               NOTE:  Only for proprietary funds is infrastructure included in the fixed assets listing. 

        5.   Real property fixed assets acquired in a month must be entered into the fixed assets management system in the same month.

 

F.     Relocation/transfer of machinery and equipment fixed assets.

        1.   A fixed assets Relocation/Transfer Form must be completed prior to removing machinery and equipment fixed assets from their current location.  The following information
must be collected:

                  a.   Relocation/transfer date;

                  b.   Quantity;

                  c.   Bar code identification number;

                  d.   Current location-building/department/room code;

                  e.   Name of current location-building/department/room;

                  f.    New location-building/department/room code;

                  g.   Name of new location-building/department/room;

                  h.   Date placed at new location-building/department/room;

                  i.    Department/person charged with custody; and

                  j.    Relocation/transfer authorization.       

        2.   Machinery and equipment fixed assets relocated/transferred in a month must be entered into the fixed assets management system in the same month.

NOTE:  This is the most difficult element of a fixed assets management system.  Fixed assets have a tendency to be moved around and the employees moving them generally do not
remember to complete the paperwork or even to inform the superintendent/fixed assets manager.  A quality annual reconciliation process must be done to ensure a valid fixed assets
listing.

For school districts maintaining cash basis accounting for proprietary funds, monthly updates to the fixed assets management system should not be posted to the financial records prior to
the end of the year but can be maintained in a separate file.  Monthly updates to the GFAAG will not affect the financial reporting of the non-proprietary funds. 

 

G.    Disposal of machinery and equipment and real property fixed assets.

        1.   A Machinery and Equipment fixed assets Disposal Form must be completed prior to disposing of machinery and equipment fixed assets.  The following information must be
collected:

                  a.   Disposal date;

                  b.   Quantity;

                  c.   Bar code tag identification number;

                  d.   Disposal method-junk, trade, sale, trade-in, etc.; and

                  e.   Disposal authorization.

        2.   A Real Property fixed assets Disposal Form must be completed prior to disposing of real property fixed assets.  The following information must be collected:

              a.   Disposal date;

              b.   Legal description,

              c.   Location/Address;

              d.   Purchaser;

                  e.   Disposal method-trade, sale, stolen, etc.; and

                  f.   Disposal authorization.

        3.   Machinery and equipment/real property fixed assets disposed of in a month must be entered into the fixed assets management system in the same month.

NOTE:  Some school districts require a designated person at each building to complete the paperwork upon the disposal of a fixed asset.  School districts with a local area network can
save paperwork by allowing each building to enter the information regarding disposal of fixed assets as long as the appropriate checks and balances exist to verify the information.   

For school districts maintaining cash basis accounting for proprietary funds, monthly updates to the fixed assets management system should not be posted to the financial records prior to
the end of the year but can be maintained in a separate file.  Monthly updates to the GFAAG will not affect the financial reporting of the non-proprietary funds. 

 

H.    Lost, damaged or stolen machinery and equipment fixed assets.

        1.   A Lost, Damaged or Stolen fixed assets Report must be completed when a fixed assets has been lost, damaged or stolen. The following information must be collected:

                  a.   Date of loss, damage or theft;

                  b.   Employee/person discovering;

                  c.   Quantity;

                  d.   Description of fixed asset;

                  e.   Bar code tag identification number;

                  f.    Location-building/department/room;

                  g.   Description of loss, damage, etc.;

                  h.   Filing of police report-yes or no;

                  i.    Filing of insurance report-yes or no;

                  j.    Sent for repair-yes or no;

                  k.   Date returned from repair;

                  l.    Date returned to location-building/department/room;

                  m.  Department/person charged with custody; and

                  n.   Authorization.

        2.   Fixed assets damaged, lost or stolen in a month must be entered into the fixed assets management system in the same month.

NOTE:  For school districts maintaining cash basis accounting for proprietary funds, monthly updates to the fixed assets management system should not be posted to the financial records prior to the end of the year but can be maintained in a separate file.  Monthly updates to the GFAAG will not affect the financial reporting of the non-proprietary funds. 

 

I.      Fixed assets reports. 

        1.   Annual reports for June 30 each year.

              a.   fixed assets listing including the following items for the school auditor:

                        (1)     Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                        (2)     Purchasing fund;

                        (3)     Bar code tag identification number;

                        (4)     Description of the fixed asset;

                        (5)     Historical cost; and

                        (6)     Location.

NOTE: The school auditor will at a minimum require a fixed assets listing with the historical cost and balance sheet accounting/class code for each fixed asset in the fixed assets listing.  It is
important for the school district to consult with the school auditor prior to determining the school district's requirements for this annual report.  The other items listed above are optional
unless recommended by the school auditor to meet the school district's needs.

The fixed assets listing total dollar amount for the auditor must equal the amount entered on the school district's Certified Annual Report (CAR).  This amount is calculated as follows:

          Fixed assets listing prior year by balance sheet accounting/class code

          +    Additions/Acquisitions by balance sheet accounting/class code

             Disposal by balance sheet accounting/class code                      

          =    Fixed assets listing current year by balance sheet accounting/class code

                  b.   fixed assets listing by location/building;

                  c.   fixed assets listing by department/employee/person charged with custody; and

                  d.   fixed assets listing by replacement cost.

 

NOTE:  The last three reports may not be required by the school auditor, but they are used by school districts for many purposes.  For example, the "fixed assets listing by
location/building" and "fixed assets listing by department/ employee/person charged with custody" are used by school districts for the annual fixed assets listing reconciliation to
compare the actual fixed assets in a building or department/room with the information in the fixed assets management system. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:48

802.4R2 - Fixed Asset Definitions

802.4R2 - Fixed Asset Definitions

Back trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date.  This cost is
only applied to the fixed assets initially counted upon implementation of the fixed assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined.  It is inappropriate
to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any fixed assets acquired after the fixed assets management system implementation date.

Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for fixed assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual.  They are:  211-sites; 221-site
improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building
improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures, 252-accumulated depreciation on
works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.

Book value - The value of a fixed asset on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or, in the case of fixed assets in the proprietary fund, the cost less the appropriate
allowances, such as depreciation.

Buildings and building improvements - A fixed assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements
thereon.

Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district's general or proprietary fixed assets.

Capital fixed assets - fixed assets with a value of equal to or greater than $5,000 based on the historical cost.

Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which fixed assets will be reported as fixed assets on the school district’s financial statements and records.  

Capitalization threshold - dollar limit set for capitalizing fixed assets.

Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the fixed assets during the construction phase of a capital project.  The construction phase extends from the
initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service. 

Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.

Contributed capital - the permanent fund capital of a proprietary fund.  It is created when a residual equity transfer is received by a proprietary fund; a general fixed assets is
"transferred" to a proprietary fund; or a grant received is restricted to a capital acquisition or construction.

Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.

Depreciation - expiration in the service life of fixed assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and
obsolescence.  In accounting for depreciation, the cost of a fixed asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged
with a portion of such cost.

Fixed assets - long-lived tangible assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances.  Fixed assets include buildings, construction in progress,
improvements other than facilities, land and machinery and equipment.

Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings.  Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as
long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building.  Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment. 

General fixed assets - capital fixed assets that are not fixed assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole.  Most often these fixed assets arise from the expenditure of the
financial resources of governmental funds.

General fixed assets account group (GFAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for fixed assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific
proprietary funds.

Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a fixed asset into service.  For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees
and similar fees are included in the historical cost.  For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.

Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers. 
Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as "betterments," but the term "improvements" is preferred.

Infrastructure assets - public domain fixed assets such as roads, bridges, curbs and gutters, streets and sidewalks, drainage systems, lighting systems and similar assets that are
immovable and of value only to the governmental unit.

Investment in general fixed assets - an account in the GFAAG representing the school district's investment in general fixed assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided
according to the source of the monies that finance the fixed assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments. 

Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.

Machinery and equipment - fixed assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one
year) by use.  Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as:  transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district
owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance
machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or
greater than ($ capitalization threshold), and fixed assets under capital leases and fixed assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.

Proprietary fund fixed assets - capital fixed assets that are fixed assets specific to a proprietary fund, such as school nutrition fund or child care fund.  Most often these fixed assets arise

from the expenditure of financial resources of a proprietary fund.

Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same fixed assets or its equivalent.

 

 

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:46

802.5 - Buildings and Sites Adaptation (ADA)

802.5 - Buildings and Sites Adaptation (ADA)

The board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities.  School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be
accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district.  Renovated and new buildings and sites will be accessible to
persons with disabilities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with
disabilities.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects disability law as it relates to physical facilities.  School districts are required to have a physical facilities transition plan that outlines when physical
facilities will become accessible to persons with disabilities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 104A; 216 (2007).

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:43

802.6 - Vandalism

802.6 - Vandalism

The board believes everyone should treat school district buildings and sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program.  Users of school district property
will treat it with care.  Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.

Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the
jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are
suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property will be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  502       Students Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    903.4    Public Conduct on School Premises

Approved     3-18-13                 
Revised _____________         
Reviewed                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:41

802.7 - Energy Conservation

802.7 - Energy Conservation

In concert with the board's goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students will practice energy conservation methods when utilizing
the school district's buildings and sites.  These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the
facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students.  Employees and students will abide by these guidelines.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.44; 473.19-.20 (2007).

Cross Reference:  700       Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:41

803 - Selling and Leasing

803 - Selling and Leasing dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:37

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, or supplies (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It is
the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

Obsolete equipment having a value of less than $5000 will be sold or disposed of in a manner determined by the board.   Items will be advertised and sold by highest bidder, by
auction, or on a  first- come basis.  The sale of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner will be published in a newspaper of general circulation.  The
publication of the sale or disposition will be published with at least one insertion each week for two consecutive weeks.  Any other disposition may be done in any other
manner so with only one insertion in the same newspaper.

A public hearing will be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $5,000 or more prior to the board's final decision.  The board will adopt a resolution
announcing the proposed sale and will publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property will be in the resolution.  Notice of the
public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board
may dispose of the equipment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.

 

NOTE:  The language in the second and third paragraphs reflect Iowa law regarding the sale of personal property.  Boards should add their procedures for disposition of
personal property valued at less than $5,000 in the second paragraph.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.22-.25 (2007).

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
   
                                    705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    803       Selling and Leasing

Approved     3-18-13                                                                 
Reviewed                                  
Revised    12-15-2014    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:39

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property are made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education
program and the efficient use of public funds.

Prior to the board's final decision regarding real property with a value of $5,000 or more, a public hearing will be held.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the
proposed sale which will contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place
of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the
board may dispose of the property.

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to
the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25.

In the case of a sale or lease of school district real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids will be taken.  If the
bids received by the board are deemed inadequate, the board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, at a cost of $10,000 or more, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent is responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-
constructed buildings.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being
utilized for the education program.

 

NOTE:  The language in the second and third paragraph reflect Iowa law regarding the sale of real property.  The amount in the blank should be consistent with the amounts in
Policies 705.1 and 802.2.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25 (2007).

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
   
                                    705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    803       Selling and Leasing

Approved     3-18-13                 
Reviewed                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:37

804 - Safety Program

804 - Safety Program dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:32

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds will be conducted as part of the maintenance
schedule for school district buildings and sites.  The results of this inspection will be reported to the board at its annual meeting.  Further, the board may conduct its own
inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  802       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:36

804.2 - Warning System & Emergency Plans

804.2 - Warning System & Emergency Plans

The school district will maintain a warning system designed to inform students, employees, and visitors in the facilities of an emergency.  This system is maintained on a
regular basis under the maintenance plan for school district buildings and sites. 

Students are informed of this system according to board policy.  Each classroom and office will have a plan for helping those in need of assistance to safety during an
emergency.  This will include, but not be limited to, students and employees with disabilities.

Licensed employees are responsible for instructing students on the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to
develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31 (2007).

Cross Reference:  507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    711.7    School Bus Safety Instruction
   
                                    804       Safety Program

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:34

804.3 - Bomb Threats

804.3 - Bomb Threats

As soon as a bomb threat is reported to the administration, the school district facility should be cleared immediately.  A thorough search will be made by the appropriate school
district or law enforcement officials.  Employees and students will remain outside the school district facility until it is determined that danger no longer exists.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to file a report or keep a report of each incident for the school district records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  804       Safety Program

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:34

804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material

804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material

Friable and nonfriable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed.  If there
is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with nonasbestos containing materials.  Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.

The school district will annually notify, appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. (2004).
   
                                    40 C.F.R. Pt. 763.84 (2004).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54 (2007).

Cross Reference:  403.4    Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved     3-18-13                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 11:33

900 - SCHOOL & COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - SCHOOL & COMMUNITY RELATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 09/27/2021 - 17:46

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Successful education programs require the support of the school district community.  The board addresses the importance of the role of the school district community in the school
district in this series of the policy manual.  The board recognizes this support is dependent on the school district community's understanding of participation in the efforts, goals,
problems and programs of the school district.

In this section, the board sets out its policies defining its relationship with the school district community.  In striving to obtain the support of the school district community, the
board will:

            Provide access to school district records;

            Inform the school district community of the school district's goals, objectives, achievements, and needs;

            Invite the input of the school district community; and,

            Encourage cooperation between the school district and the school district community.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:04

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district.  These hours are 9:00  a.m.
to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing.  The board secretary will make arrangements
for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

Persons may request copies of public records by telephone or in writing, including electronically.  The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and
mailing.

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a fee for the copy.  Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a fee for the time of the employee to compile the
requested information.  Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.

Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are
not limited to, the following:

· Security procedures

· Emergency preparedness procedures

· Evacuation procedures

· Security codes and passwords

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely
manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 291.6 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 88.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
   
                                    1968 Op. Att'y Gen. 656.

Cross Reference:  215       Board of Directors' Records
   
                                    401.5    Employee Records
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    708       Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of School District Records
   
                                    902.1    News Media Relations

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:05

902 - Press Radio TV News Media

902 - Press Radio TV News Media dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:06

902.1 - News Media

902.1 - News Media

The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media.  The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news
media.  As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party's limitations.

Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings.  The board president is the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent is the
spokesperson for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the superintendent.  The superintendent will accurately and objectively
provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  902       Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:06

902.2 - News Conference Interview

902.2 - News Conference Interview

The superintendent, on behalf of the board and the school district, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media.

The superintendent will respond accurately, openly, honestly, and objectively to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

News conferences and interviews planned or pre-arranged for school district activities will include the board and the superintendent.  News conferences for issues requiring an
immediate response may be held by the superintendent.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview is held to provide
an immediate response to an issue.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of news conferences and interviews.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  902       Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:07

902.3 - News Release

902.3 - News Release

The superintendent will determine when a news release about internal school district and board matters will be issued.  In making this determination, the superintendent will
strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed.  Further, the superintendent will strive to create and maintain a positive image
for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release.

News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community.  Questions about news releases will be directed to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Widmer v. Reitzler, 182 N.W.2d 177 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                    Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.2 (2007).
   
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 73.
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  902       Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:08

902.4 - Live Video

902.4 - Live Video

Individuals may broadcast or videotape public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with or disrupt the school district event and
it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or videotaping will interfere with or disrupt
the school district event.

Videotaping of classroom activities will be allowed at the discretion of the superintendent.  Parents will be notified prior to videotaping of classroom activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations outlining the procedures for making the request and the rules for operation if the request is
granted.

 

NOTE:  This policy states that prior to videotaping of classroom activities, parents will be notified but does not require parental permission.  Notification is not a legal
requirement, but it is recommended.  The policy gives the school district the flexibility to have one notice to cover the entire year and can be placed in the student directory info

policy, a parent newsletter or handbook.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4, .7; 22; 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  506.2    Student Directory Information
   
                                    902.1    News Media Relations
   
                                    903.3    Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:09

903 - Public Participation In District

903 - Public Participation In District dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:10

903.1 - School Community Groups

903.1 - School Community Groups

The board values the participation and the support of school district-community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which
strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program.  The board will work closely with these groups.

Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the group will confer with the superintendent to assist the group in
purchasing goods or services to meet the school district's needs.

Funds raised by these groups for the school district may be kept as part of the accounts of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the school district-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.13 (2007).

Cross Reference:  903       Public Participation in the School District

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:11

903.2 - Volunteers

903.2 - Volunteers

The board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community.  When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the
school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching.  The school district may officially recognize
the contributions made by volunteers.

Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of
the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 670 (2007).

Cross Reference:  603.1    Basic Instruction Program
   
                                    903.3    Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:11

903.3 - Visitors

903.3 - Visitors

The board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites.  Visitors, which include
persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.

Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate
arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized.  Teachers and other employees will not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.

Visitors will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school
events.  Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises.  Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or
responsible adult, or special arrangements must be made with the principal.

It is the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the
inappropriate conduct.  If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee will act to cease the inappropriate conduct.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2007).

Cross Reference:  902       Press, Radio and Television News Media
   
                                    903.2    Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:12

903.4 - Public Conduct

903.4 - Public Conduct

School sponsored or approved activities are an important part of the school program and offer students the opportunity to participate in a variety of activities not offered during
the regular school day.  School sponsored or approved activities are provided for the enjoyment and opportunity for involvement they afford the students.

Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit the school building only as guests of the school district, and, accordingly as a condition of
such permission, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies.  Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with the education program, enjoyment of the
students participating, other individuals or with the performance of employees and officials supervising the school sponsored or approved activity.  Individuals, like the student
participants, are expected to display mature behavior and sportsmanship.  The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school
district and the entire community.

To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program, or activities without fear of interference, and to permit the employees or sponsors and officials of
sponsored or approved activities to perform their duties without interference, the following provisions are in effect:

            Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, employees, officials or sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will
not be tolerated.

            Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, employees, officials or sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not
be tolerated.

            The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, employees, officials or sponsors participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other
individuals will not be tolerated.

If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed
from the event by the individual in charge of the event and the superintendent may recommend the exclusion of the individual from the school buildings or from future
sponsored or approved activities

Upon recommendation of the superintendent, the board will cause a notice of exclusion from the school building or from sponsored or approved activities to be sent to the
individual involved.  The notice will advise the individual of the school district's right to exclude the individual from school buildings, school district activities and events and
the duration of the exclusion.  If the individual disobeys the school official or district's order, law enforcement authorities may be contacted and asked to remove the
individual.  If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends an sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be
advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution.  The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school
sponsored or approved activities.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the Iowa trespass law and outlines a school district's authority to enforce the law.  This policy is not a mandatory policy.  Boards can amend the
language as needed to fit their individual needs. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2007).

Cross Reference:  205       Board Member Liability
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    802.6    Vandalism
   
                                    903       Public Participation in the School District

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:13

903.5 - Material Distribution

903.5 - Material Distribution

The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are non-curricular.  Non-curricular materials
to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  The regulation accompanying this policy has been approved by the 8th Circuit Court of Appeals in Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987). 
Amendments to or deviation from this regulation should be addressed to local counsel prior to adoption.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
   
                                    Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
   
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
   
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2007).

Cross References:  502.3    Freedom of Expression
   
                                    503.1    Student Conduct
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    603.9    Academic Freedom

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:15

903.5R1 - Material Distribution Regulation

903.5R1 - Material Distribution Regulation

I. Guidelines.

Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges
or other insignia, except expression which:

               1.   is obscene to minors;

               2.   is libelous;

               3.   contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;

               4.   advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;

               5.   constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a
person's race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);

               6.   presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the
proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school
regulations.

Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited.  Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and
(6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.

 

  II.     Procedures.

Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in
advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:

               1.   Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;

               2.   Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;

               3.   Location where material will be displayed or distributed;

               4.   The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.

Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner
restrictions in subsection III of this policy.  In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in
writing of the reasons for the denial.  Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school, the administration, the board or the
individual reviewing the material submitted.

If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person will contact the building principal's office to verify
that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may
be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent.  If the person does not receive a
response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person will contact the  superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to
locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and
manner provisions in subsection III.

At every level of the process the person submitting the request will have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant witnesses  and material, as to why
distribution of the written material is appropriate.

Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the
material submitted.

 

III.      Time, place and manner of distribution.

The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school
activities.  The distribution of unofficial material is limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:

               1.   The material will be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location will not block the safe flow of traffic
or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which will give reasonable access to students.

               2.   The material will be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.

               3.   No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of
that activity.

 

IV.     Definitions.

The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:

               1.   "Obscene to minors" is defined as:

                     (a)  The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of
minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;

                     (b)  The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should
be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation,
excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

                     (c)  The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.

            2. "Minor" means any person under the age of eighteen.

            3. "Material and substantial disruption" of a normal school activity is defined as follows:

                        (a)        Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, "material and
                                    substantial disruption" is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.

                        (b)        Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts,
                                    and lunch periods), "material and substantial disruption" is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or
                                    boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity. 

                        (c)        In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be
                                    forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or
                                    threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.

            4.   "School activities" means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities,
physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.

            5.   "Unofficial" written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored
or authorized by the school.  Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.

            6.   "Libelous" is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual's reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the
community.

            7.   "Distribution" means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations
for copies.  It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

 

V.       Disciplinary action.

          Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to
discipline including suspension and expulsion.  Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local
law enforcement officials will be called.

 

VI.     Notice of policy to students.

          A summary of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:16

904 - Community Activities with Students

904 - Community Activities with Students dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:19

904.1 - Students in Private Vehicles

904.1 - Students in Private Vehicles

Generally, transporting students for school purposes is done in a vehicle owned by the school district and driven by a school bus driver.  Students may be transported in private
vehicles for school purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine when this is appropriate.

Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent.  Private vehicles will be used only when proof of
insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and when the parents of the students to be transported have given written permission to the superintendent.  The school
district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.  It is the
responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE:  There is no legal requirement that private drivers have written proof of insurance.  The requirement is written into the policy as a protection for the school district. 
Prior to letting private drivers transport students, a school district may want to check with the school district's insurance carrier to determine its coverage in those instances.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (2007).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.

Cross Reference:  401.6    Transporting of Students by Employees
   
                                    401.7    Employee Travel Compensation
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:21

904.2 - Advertising and Promotion

904.2 - Advertising and Promotion

The use of students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and organizations operating for a profit
is disallowed unless prior approval is given by the board of education.  Nonprofit entities and organizations may be allowed to use students, the school district name, or its
buildings and sites if the purpose is educationally related and prior approval has been obtained from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).

Cross Reference:  504.5    Student Fund Raising
   
                                    904       Community Activities Involving Students

Approved    4/19/2010                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:22

905 - Use of District Equipment and Facilities

905 - Use of District Equipment and Facilities dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:23

905.1 - Use of Facilities

905.1 - Use of Facilities

The buildings and sites and equipment of the school district will be made available for a fee to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational,
civic, community, or recreational activities.  Such use will be permitted only when the use does not interfere with or disrupt the education program or
school-related activity, the use is consistent with state law, and will end no later than midnight.  It is within the discretion of the board to allow for-profit
entities to use school district buildings and sites.  The board reserves the right to deny use of the buildings and sites and the equipment to any group.  It
shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to allow use of school district buildings and sites on Sundays.

Organizations, individuals, and other entities who wish to use the school district property must apply at the superintendent's office.  It shall be the
responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to determine whether the school district facility requested is available and whether the application
for use meets board policy and administrative regulations.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide application forms, obtain proof of
insurance, and draw up the contract for use of school district property.

Activities in the school district buildings and sites shall be supervised by an employee of the school district unless special prior arrangements are made
with the superintendent.  The employee shall not accept a fee from the user.  If appropriate, the school district employee may be paid by the school district.

The board may allow groups, such as local athletic teams, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts and 4-H, to use the buildings and sites without charge.  Such groups
must be nonprofit in nature and serving students of the North Mahaska School District.  While such groups may use the buildings and sites without charge,
they may be required to pay a custodial fee, and they may be required to include all children in the district who are of the age or grade level involved.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a fee schedule for the board's approval and to develop administrative regulations regarding
this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 276; 278.1(4); 279.8; 288; 297.9-.11 (1995).
                                                   1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 561.
   
                                                1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 232.
   
                                                1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 196.

Approved     7-19-2004                         
Reviewed                           
Revised     4-19-2010   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:23

905.1E1 - Rental Agreement

905.1E1 - Rental Agreement

It is agreed by and between the North Mahaska School District and the organization and/or person noted below that the school district hereby rents to renter the following described premises for the times and fees recorded:

 

Facility:           Auditorium                 Elem. Gymnasium                  H.S.  Gymnasium

                        Elem.  Kitchen            Elem. Cafeteria                       Elem. Classroom

                        H.S.  Kitchen              H. S.  Cafeteria                       H.S. Classroom

 

Purpose:     ______________________________________________________

Date:               ______________________                Hours:  ___________________

Total Fee:        _____________________

Rent for use of the facility shall be paid to Board Secretary within 5 business days after the date of rental.  Payment for custodian and/or cook, if
applicable, shall be paid to the school.  Hours for facility rental and employee pay shall be from time facility is unlocked until facility is locked and
building closed.

Please refer to the back of this agreement to determine the proper use of school facilities.  The applicant is responsible for enforcing these regulations.

The applicant must provide an Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement,

Code No.  1004.1E2, prior to the use of facilities.

 

Name of organization making application:     ________________________________                                

Name of person making application:               ________________________________                         

Address:     _______________________        Phone #: _________________________

 

 

  _______________________________________________                       
 (Signature of Applicant)                               (Date)

 (Must be at least 21 years of age)

 

  _______________________________________________                       
 (Signature of Superintendent)                      (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:25

905.1E2 - Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement

905.1E2 - Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement

The undersigned, hereafter referred to as the “user” and/or "organization," states that it shall indemnify and hold the North Mahaska School District,
hereafter referred to as "district," harmless from any and all damages and claims, including reasonable attorney fees and expenses, that may arise by reason
of any negligence on the part of the user/organization or the district, and its officers, employees or agents, or in the use by the user/organization of any
facilities or equipment owned by the district.  In case any action is brought therefore against the district or any of its officers, employees or agents, the
user/organization shall assume full responsibility for the legal defense thereof, and upon its failure to do so on proper notice, the district reserves the right
to defend such action and to charge all costs, including attorneys' fees, to the user/organization.

The user/organization agrees to furnish and maintain during the usage of the facilities owned by the district such bodily injury and property damage
liability insurance as shall protect the organization and the district from claims which may arise from the user’s/organization's use of the district's facilities,
whether such operations be by the user/organization or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the user/organization.  Such insurance shall include
the North Mahaska Community School District as an additional named insured in the policy carried by the organization and described above.

The user/organization shall furnish the district with a certificate of insurance acceptable to the district's insurance carrier before the contract is issued.

 

Dated at ___________________________, Iowa, this _____ day of ___________, 20__ .

 

 ______________________________             North Mahaska Community School District
                   (Organization)

 

By ________________________________     By _______________________________                                     
    (person must be at least 21 years of age)                             (Superintendent)

 

Title _______________________________

                                                             

Address_____________________________

             _____________________________

    

Phone ______________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:26

905.1R1 - Use of School District Facilities Regulation

905.1R1 - Use of School District Facilities Regulation

It is understood that the first priority for the use of school facilities will go to school sponsored groups and activities.  Second priority will go to those who
wish to rent the facilities.  Groups or individuals may be restricted to one night per week of facility use if they are not a school-sponsored group.  The
school district reserves the right to refuse usage of any or all facilities by any individual or group at any time.  There will be a charge if a custodian or cook
must be assigned to work for the activity, if there is no custodian already scheduled to be on duty during the time the facility is to be used.

  1. By Iowa law, there shall be no alcoholic beverages brought to or consumed in the buildings or on the grounds.
     
  2. By Iowa law, there shall be no use of tobacco products in school facilities.
  1. A custodian or employee must be present while the facility is being used unless prior arrangements have been made with the superintendent.
  1. After a facility has been used by an outside group, pick up and cleaning will be done by the outside group assisted by an employee when
    appropriate.  Fees for such work will be charged to the group as part of the rental fee charged for the use of the building.
  1. The user/organization agrees to:
  1. pay for any damages to school facilities or equipment caused during use that is beyond regular wear.
  2. to use only the facilities and equipment authorized.
  3. to be present and responsible at all times during the facility use.
  4. ensure that all participants change into appropriate shoes when using the facilities.
  5. put equipment back in its appropriate place before leaving.
  6. indemnify and hold harmless the North Mahaska Community School District, its employees, agents, and assigns from all liability for such
    claims resulting from usage of the school facilities or equipment

When supervising, the user/organization agrees to be responsible for:

  1. the safety and behavior of all those present and participating in the activity.  (Those who do not want to participate and who are not being
    supervised by another adult should be asked to leave the building.)
  2. keeping all participants in the facility.  (No one should be in the halls or other places in the school building without direct adult supervision.)
  3. having a supervised break for use of restrooms and drinking fountain.
  4. seeing that everyone that you are responsible for has left the building before you leave.
  5. the safe and appropriate use of all facilities and equipment.
  6. Vacating the facility by the agreed upon time.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:27

905.1R2 - Fees for Use of School District Facilities

905.1R2 - Fees for Use of School District Facilities

Rates for Rental of Facilities (See group definitions below.)

Facilities to be used                           Group 1          Group 2            Group 3

Elem. or HS gym or wrestling            NC                   $5 per hour                $12 per hour
                                                       
                                                                                                or any fraction           or any fraction
            
                                                                                                                                           there of plus                there of plus
            
                                                                                                                                           custodial fees             custodial fees
            
                                                                                                                                           if applicable                if applicable

Classroom or Cafeteria                       NC                   $5 per hour                 $12 per hour
                                                       
                                                                                                or any fraction           or any fraction
            
                                                                                                                                           there of plus                there of plus
            
                                                                                                                                           custodial fees             custodial fees
            
                                                                                                                                           if applicable                if applicable

Kitchen (With or without cafeteria)              NC                   $10 per hour               $20 per hour
                                                      
                                                                                                or any fraction           or any fraction
            
                                                                                                                                           there of plus                there of plus
                                                                                                                                                       custodial & cook    custodial & cook
                                                  
                                                                                                     fees if applicable    fees if applicable

Auditorium                                              NC                   $10 per hour               $20 per hour
                                                       
                                                                                                or any fraction           or any fraction
            
                                                                                                                                           there of plus                there of plus
            
                                                                                                                                           custodial fees             custodial fees
            
                                                                                                                                           if applicable                if applicable

Custodial and Cook charges will be at their hourly rate.  It will be time and a half for Saturdays and double time for Sundays, if they are willing to work.

All fees will be paid directly to the school district, and the school district will then pay the custodian(s) and/or cook(s).  No direct pay is to be made to any school employee.

Group Definitions

Group 1:              Any non-profit group or organization that originates within the district,
                             serves only students or residents of the North Mahaska School District, and includes all
                             children of the same sex and age (or grade level) involved.  Equal opportunity for
                            
participation must be given for all who choose to attend the activity.  Applicant must
                             
be a resident of the North Mahaska Community School District.

Group 2:              Any other non-profit group or organization that originates within the district.

Group 3:              Any group or organization that uses the facilities for a self-fund raising venture, a
                            
for-profit group or organization, or a non-profit group or organization not originating
                              
within the school district.

Buildings will not be available unless a contract and a “hold harmless” agreement are signed by the renter and approved by the school district well in advance of scheduled usage.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:30

905.2 - Tobacco-Free Environment

905.2 - Tobacco-Free Environment

School district facilities and school grounds, including school vehicles, shall be off limits for tobacco products, look alikes, and their use, including the use of nicotine products
that are not FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for tobacco cessation.  This requirement extends to employees, students, and visitors.  This policy applies at all
times, including school-sponsored and non-school-sponsored events.  Persons failing to abide by this policy shall be required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of
the tobacco/nicotine product, or leave the school district premises immediately.  It shall be the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 142B; 279.8, .9; 297 (2007).

Cross Reference:  903.4    Public Conduct on School Premises
   
                                    905.1    Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

Approved     4-19-2010                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised     11-17-2014  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/18/2021 - 12:40